1840

Uni-Loader

Operators Manual
9-15073

IReprinted I
 THIS SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL INDICATES IMPORTANT
SAFETY MESSAGES IN THIS MANUAL. WHEN YOU SEE THIS
SYMBOL, CAREFULLY READ THE MESSAGE THAT FOLLOWS
AND BE ALERT TO THE POSSIBILITY OF PERSONAL INJURY
OR DEATH. M171B

IF THIS MACHINE IS USED BY AN EMPLOYEE , IS LOANED, OR RENTED , MAKE

SURE THAT THE OPERATOR UNDERSTANDS THE TWO INSTRUCTIONS BELOW.

BEFORE THE OPERATOR STARTS THE ENGINE :

1. GIVE INSTRUCTIONS TO THE OPERATOR ON SAFE AND CORRECT USE OF

THE MACHINE.

2. MAKE SURE THE OPERATOR READS AND UNDERSTANDS THE OPERATORS

MANUAL FOR THIS MACHINE.

IMPROPER OPERATION OF THIS MACHINE CAN CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH .

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE, DO THE FOLLOWING:

1. READ THE OPERATORS MANUAL
2. READ ALL THE SAFETY DECALS ON THE MACHINE
3. CLEAR THE AREA OF OTHER PERSONS

LEARN AND PRACTICE SAFE USE OF MACHINE CONTROLS IN A SAFE, CLEAR

AREA BEFORE YOU OPERATE THIS MACHINE ON A JOB SITE.

It is your responsibil ity to observe pertinent laws and regu lations and to follow
manufacturers instructions on machine operation and maintenance.

See your Case dealer for additional operators manuals and parts catalogs .

Rae 9-15 073

@ 1993 Cas e Corporation November. 1991 (Revi sed May, 1993)
TO THE OWNER

Read this manual before you start the engine or operate the machine. If you need
more information , sec you r Case dealer.

Your dealer can give you assistance with Case Corporation approved service parts.
Your dealer has specially trained technicians that know the best methods of repair
and maintenance for your machine .

00

'-----------------=-·· · ·
.. B4068891M~
Call your dealer if you need help or information.

Rae 9-15073
November. 199 1 (Revised May. 1993)
TO THE OWNER

AFTER DELIVERY CHECK

Two copies of the After Delivery check are in the back of this manual. One copy is for
you and one copy is for the dealer. Make sure that your Case dealer does the After
Delivery check after the first 20 hours of machine operation.

NOTE: Your cost for this inspection will be for filters , oil, or other accessories. If the
dealer comes to your machine, there can also be a cost for the time and distance.

RIGHT, LEFT, FRONT AND REAR OF MACHINE

Right-hand and left-hand , front and rear, when used in this manual, indicate the right
and left sides of the machine as seen from the operators seat

2. FRONT

1. LEFT-HAND 3. RIGHT-HAND
SIDE SIDE

4. REAR B821019R

2
 GENERAL TABLE OF CONTENTS
Safety/Decals/Hand Signals .. .8

Instrum ents/Controls . .... ...... .. ......... ... ........ ... ..... ....... .... ... ..... ...... .... .... ... .. ...... ... .. .. 25

Operating Instructions ... ... 40

Whee!s;Tires ... .......... ....... ... .... .. ...... ... ..... 69

Lubrication/Maintenance Chart . . . ... ....... ... . ..... . ... .. . .. .. .. ... . .. .. ... . .. ... .. .. . . . .. .. . .... 72

Lubrication/ Filters/Fluids .. . ... ·· • . ··· ··••"' .. 78

Maintenance/Adjustments ... 108

Electrical System · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · ·· · · · · · ·· · · · • " ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' " ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' " ' ' ' ' ' ' "'' "
. 126

Storage .. ....... .. ...... ... .... ...... .... ..... .. .. .. ... ...... ..... ... ... .......... ........ ... .... .... .. ..... ... ..... .. . 130

Specifications .. ············ ······· ·•···· ·· ·· ·•···•• •• •••••••• •••• •••••••• •••••••••• ••••••• •••••••• ••••• ... . 132

After Delivery Check ... .. 139

Detail Index .. .... .... ····· ··· "' ···· ··········"· ····· •" " ···· 142

3
IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS/MACHINE COMPONENTS _ _ _ _ _ __

IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS
Wri te your machine model number, Product Identification Number (PJN.) and serial
numbers on the lines provided below. If needed, give these numbers to your Case
dealer when you need parts or information for your machine.

Make a record of the numbers. Keep the record and your Manufacturer's Statement of
Origin in a safe place. If the machine is stolen . report the numbers to your local law en-
forcement agency.

MACHINE MODEL NUMBER - - U = - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

ROPS SERIAL NUMBER

BACKHOE SERIAL NUMBER _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

BUCKET PART NUMBER _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

P.1.N. Engine

4
IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS/MACHINE COMPONENTS _ _ _ _ _ __

ROPS Backhoe

Loader Bucket

B4131888S
The ROPS canopy label on ear:y produc-
tion machines is behind the seat

5
IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS/MACHINE COMPONENTS _ _ _ _ _ __

MACHINE COMPONENTS

2. HAND RAILS

j
8. ENGINE
COMPARTMENT 6. LOADER ' . . ~ - -· ••
LIFT ARMS ·-- - - - - ~ 84068891.M,

6
IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS/MACHINE COMPONENTS _ _ _ _ _ __

Backhoe

1. SEAT

'· ··,

.·· · . +;
.. ;ti(:; . •. ·

5. -~USKET i'if ·.
- !,,,
4. BOOM , ,

~ ,-:-,,.,:,-'if, ,~·

84065091M

7
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

& SAFETY RULES &

Most accidents involving machine operation and maintenance can be avoided by fol-
lowing basic rules and precautions. Read and understand all the safety messages in
this manual, the safety manual, and the safety signs on the machine before you
operate or service the machine. See your dealer if you have any questions.
Early production manual storage box lo-
1. MANUAL
STORAGE BOX cation.

READ THIS MANUAL COMPLETELY and

make sure you understand the charac-
teristics of speed , stability, and steering
of this machine.

Do not remove this manual or the safety

manual from the machine. See your
dealer for additional manuals. Also see
the inside of the rear cover of this manual.

The safety information given in this manual does not replace safety codes, insurance
regulations , or federal, state, and local laws. Make sure your machine has the correct
equipment according to these rules or laws.

IMPORTANT: Safety messages in this section point out situations which can be en-
countered during the normal operation and maintenance of your machine. These
safety messages a/so give possible ways of dealing with these conditions.

Additional safety messages are used in the text of the manual to show specific safety
hazards

8
SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

& BEFORE OPERATION &

• Avoid loose fitting clothing, loose or uncovered long hair, jewelry and loose
personal articles .
• Different jobs will require different protective equipment Items such as hard hats ,
protective shoes , heavy gloves, reflector type vests , respirators , and ear protection
can be required . Know and use the equipment that is required before you start the
job.

• Be prepared for emergencies . Always have a first aid kit and a good fire extin-
guisher with you and know how to use each .

• Know the hand signals used on your job. Follow the instructions of the flagman ,
signs , etc. Sec page 21 .
• Check that the rear door, guards, and covers are installed correctly and closed.
• Foreign material or grease on the steps and hand rails can cause an accident
Keep the steps and hand rails clean .
• Before you operate at night check that all lamps illuminate.
• Know the rules , laws , and safety equipment necessary for transporting this
machine on a road or highway
• Always face the machine and use the hand rails and steps when getting on. Do not
rush.

• Before you start each day, walk around the machine and check for oil or fluid leaks .
Replace all broken or missing parts and do the required lubrication and mainte-
nance as shown in this manual. Clean all trash and debris from the machine.
• Remove all loose objects from the operators area and from the machine. Loose
objects can Jam controls and cause accidents .
• Before you start the engine , always fasten the seat belt and pull the seat bars
down. See Pages 31 and 32. Operate the machine only from the operators seat
• Engine exhaust fumes can cause death . If you operate this machine in an enclosed
area , use good ventilation to replace the exhaust fumes with fresh air.
• Make sure all persons are away from the machine and give a warning before you
start the engine. 9
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

& MACHINE OPERATION &

• Check all controls in a clear area and make sure the machine is operating cor-
rectly.

• Do not allow other persons to ride on the machine. Other persons can fall or can
cause an accident.

• Dust, fog, smoke, etc, can decrease your vision and cause an accident. Stop the
machine or decrease the speed until you can see everything around you in the work
area.

• Contact with high voltage power lines, underground cables, etc., can cause
serious injury or death from electrocution.

• Before you drive or operate in an area with high voltage lines or cables , tell the
power or utility company what you are going to do. You MUST HAVE THE POWER
DISCONNECTED OR KEEP A SAFE WORKING DISTANCE from the lines or
cables. You must know the safe working distance from the high voltage power
equipment and must know any federal , state/provincial, or local safety codes or
regulations that apply to the job site.

• Electrical cables, gas pipes, water pipes , sewers, or other underground objects
can cause injury or death. Learn the location of underground hazards before you
operate your machine in a new area.

• If this machine rolls over, you can be injured or killed. You must make a judgment if
weather, road, or earth conditions will permit safe operation on a hill, ramp, or rough
ground.

• Stay away from hazardous areas such as ditches, overhangs, etc. Walk around the
work area before you start and look for hazards.

• Be alert and always know the location of all workers in your area. Keep all other
persons completely away from your machine. Injury or death can result if you do not
follow these instructions.

• Operate the machine controls from the operators seat only.

• Keep the loader bucket low when moving around the work area and be careful
when you raise the load to dump.

• Before you operate the backhoe in an area where your visibility is reduced, such as
next to a building, etc. always install a guard rail and warning signs to keep other
persons away from your machine.

10
SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

& PARKING THE MACHINE &

• When you park the machine and before you leave the operators seat, check the
seat bars for correct operation . The seat bars , when raised , engage the parking
latch and the lock loader controls. See Page 112 or 113 to check for correct opera-
tion. Follow the instructions on Page 42 in this manual for parking the machine.

• If the loader lift arms are raised , always install the support strut before you service
the machine.

• Always face the machine and use the hand rails and steps when getting off. Do not
rush and do not jump from the machine .

& BURN PREVENTION &

• Battery acid causes severe burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact
with skin, eyes, or clothing. Antidote - EXTERNAL: Flush with water. INTERNAL:
Drink large quantities of water or milk. Follow with milk of magnesia, beaten egg or
vegetable oil. Call a doctor immediately. EYES: Flush with water for 15 minutes and
get prompt medical attention.

• When the battery electrolyte is frozen , the battery can explode if, (1) you try to
charge the battery, or (2) you try to jump start and run the engine. To prevent the
battery electrolyte from freezing , try to keep the battery at full charge If you do not
follow these instructions, you or others in the area can be injured.

• Hot coolant can spray out when the radiator cap is removed. To remove the
radiator cap, let the cooling system cool, turn to the first notch, wait until the
pressure is released , then remove the radiator cap.

11
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

& FIRE OR EXPLOSION PREVENTION &

• Sparks or flame can cause the hydrogen gas in a battery to explode To prevent an
explosion, do the following:
1. When disconnecting the battery cables, disconnect the negative(-) cable first;
when connecting the battery cables, connect the negative (-) cable last.
2. When connecting jumper cables to start the engine , use the procedure shown
in this manual on Page 44 .
3. Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal items.
4. Do not weld , grind , or smoke near a battery.
• Sparks from the electrical system or engine exhaust can cause an explosion and
fire . Before you operate this machine in an area with flammable dust or vapors , use
good ventilation to remove the flammable dust or vapors.
• Engine fuel can cause an explosion or fire. Do not fill the fuel tank with the engine
running , if you are near an open fire , or if you are welding, smoking , etc.
• Use nonflammable cleaning solvent to clean parts .
• A fire can cause injury or death. Always have a fire extinguisher near or on the
machine. Make sure the fire extinguisher is serviced according to the manufac-
turers instructions.
• If a fire extinguisher has been used , always recharge or replace the fire extin-
guisher before operating the machine.

• Remove all trash or debris from the machine each day. Especially check the
engine area and exhaust system.

• If you weld, grind, or use a cutting torch on the machine, always remove the
starting fluid container from the machine. Use compressed air to remove any ether
fumes from the area.

• Starting fluid (ether) can cause injury or death. Do not breathe starting fluid vapors.
Wear face protection when you remove or install a starting fluid container or when
you use an aerosol spray starting fluid. Use starting fluid according to the instruc-
tions in this manual. See Page 43 .

• If the machine has an oil , fuel , or hydraulic leak, always repair the leak and clean
the area before operating.

• Keep the cooling system clean and maintain the correct coolant level.

• Make sure that you do not store oily rags or other flammable materials on the
machine .

• Check the electrical system for loose connections or frayed insulation. Repair or
replace the loose or damaged parts.

• Before welding or using a torch on the _

machine, clean the area to be repaired.
12
•SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

A MAINTENANCE A
• Before you service the machine , put a Do Not operate tag on the instrument panel.
One Do Not Operate tag is included with your machine. Additional tags , part
number 321-4614 , are available from your Case dealer .

• •
■■,,.,, ' •

JIC.,,...,. $

B901248J

• Improper service or repair can cause injury or death. If you do not understand a
service or adjustment procedure, see the service manual for this machine or see
your Case dealer.

• Unauthorized modifications to this machine can cause injury or death. Do not

make unauthorized modifications to this machine. Always see your Case dealer
before you weld, cut or drill holes in your machine.

• If you must service this machine with the engine running, have another person help
you . Follow the instructions in this manual or the service manual. DO NOT LEAVE
THE OPERATORS SEAT WITH THE ENGINE RUNNING.

• Metal chips or debris can cause eye injury. Always wear eye or face protection
when you use a hammer on this machine. Use a hammer with a soft face, such as
brass , to drive hardened pins .

• Hydraulic fluid or grease injected into your skin can cause severe injury or death.
Keep your hands and body away from any pressurized leak. If fluid is injected into
your skin , see a doctor immediately and have the fluid removed.

• When you service this machine, always wear face or eye protection , safety shoes ,
an other protective items as required.

13
SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

& SAFETY DECALS &

Injury or death can result if you cannot read a safety decal or if a safety
decal is missing. Replace any missing or damaged safety decal and keep
all safety decals clean. See your dealer for new safety decals. scoo2

Make sure that you can read all safety You must replace a decal if the decal is
decals and all instruction decals. Check damaged, the decal is missing , or the
these decals every day before you start. decal cannot be read .
Clean these decals if you cannot read the
words. If a decal is on a part that is replaced ,
make sure you install a new decal on the
When you clean the decals , use only a new part. See your Case dealer for new
c1oth , water, and soap. Do not use decals.
solvent , gasoline, etc.

AwARNING
BATTERIES CONTAIN ACID AND EXPLOSIVE
GAS. EXPLOSION CAN RESULT FROM
SPARKS, FLAMES, OR WRONG CABLE CON-
NECTIONS. TO CONNECT JUMPER CABLES
OR CHARGER, SEE MANUAL($) FOR THE
CORRECT PROCEDURE . FAILURE TO
FOLLOW THE ABOVE INSTRUCTIONS CAN
CAUSE SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR
DEATH.

32 1-6714

AwARNING
84130988S WIIIONC JUM~I• CAeL(
CONNfC'TIONI TO ST AAT(9'
TEAMINALS 0111 SHOATINQ
ACIIIOSS THI ITAIIIT(III
TfAMINAll CAN CAUS(
TME MACHIN( TO 11110Yf
SUDO!NLT OUT OF
CONTROL TOU (AH 9( IN •
JUA(O OR l(ILL[O

USE TMf COlllltUCTllf'THOD

SHOWNINTH!OPEIIIATOtll S
MANUAL TO CONNECT
JUWP(III CAllfS TO STAIU
TH! fHC1""(

321-6718

14
SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

P.I.N . JAF0100497 and After

A DANGER
-····. ,....... AVOID INJURY OR DEATH
. Before l•aving the seat
• Lower lift arms to ground or
install lift a,m support strut

~ • Stop engine

Po11rt failure or moving a control

~er c"n c~use lift arms to drop

1209SOA1

A DANGER
AVOID INJURY OR DEATH

Keep out of this are• when lift

arms are raised untns suppori: •
ed by the lift arm support strut

Pan failure or moving a control

lever can cause lih arms t o
drop .

120951A1

Prior to P.I.N. JAF0100497

AwARNING

• DO NOT Pl>,CE .&NY PART OF 90DY OA

LIMIJ UNDER IU.1$ED LOADER ,UIMS.
BUCkET. OR ATU,CHMENTS AT AN'I' TIME.
• KEEP 900Y AHO t.lM8S WITHIN PftOTfC-
Tl\'1: STftUCTUfl( AT ALL TIMES.
• CONTACT WITH MOVING ;AATS CAN
RESULT IN $fVEAE INJURY 0A DEATH

D120889

15
SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

PROCEDURE TO USE THE SUl'l'ORT STJIIUT f'ROCEOUIU TO PUT THl 9Ul'PORT ITIIIUJ'T " ' no•AC(
AWARNING 1 MAil[ SUIIIE l' ..E L0.AO[llt •uCKH 1$ EM""' LOW[llt
TH( LOAO(JI; 9UCK0 TO TM( GIIOUNO ANO S'T0"
1 STAflT THf: ENGlt,j[ AND ...... l THE L0A0UI un
ARM ■ APP'IIQXIMAT(LY 011111( OR TWO
rH( EfrllGIJII[ INCttU (25 TO SO-I
11' TOU SEJIVICE TMl MAC141"E WrTH LOADER UJT :Z ll[MQV( TMf Pl"I JR0M TM( SUP~RT STR\TT ANO 2 STOP THE f.NGINf. •AISE THE Ol"t:IIATO• PIIIOTf.CTION
LOW[III TH( SUPl'O"T STRUT ON'TO TMf LIFT ■ A•S CHECK TO f.NSU•E lOADE• COIIO"IIOLS .&Rf.
CTtlJIO~tll lOClllilO •£MOYE SUl"PO•T ST•VT l"llf. JIAISl
J STAICT TM[ ENGINE AHO SLOWLY RAISE THE LOADER SUPPO•T STIIUT TO THl STO .. AGE POSITION. AND
fAILUllll TO ~01.LOW THIS Pt!OCEDURE Ci1t,N CAUSE LIN AIIMS UNTIL THE SUl'P0flT STRUT IS ON TH[ llfT THI Jill INST All Plfl
CYLINDUI ROD SLOWLY LOWUt TM[ LOADER un 3 WMILl Sn"TING 11'1111 TM( SEAT. LOwt• TM( oru, ... ro•
SUl:IOUS 1"'-IURT OR D[ATM IF THI LOAOfR llF"T

,UIIMS AIU LOWEllll(O av ACCIDflltT •

ARMS UH'Tll THE SUJl',.OIIIIT STAllT MAKES CON1'ACT
WITH TMI. LIN CYLl,-0(111 TU9(
IJrilSTAU THE PIIIII tN THC SUPPOlln STIIIUT
,.
l'•OTtCTION •••SANO THEJI LOW[tl TMl LOAD(lll
......

0134678

B[l'0Rt $TAJlT1NC (11,1(;11\jt _l'ASHN SlAT HELT

AWARNING STUDY OP£AATOA ' S MANUA~ SAHTV MfSS•GlS.REAO AU SAHTV SIGNS

OIV MACHIN( ANO Ct[AR T,-c[ AR[A 01' OTHER P,(A$0NS
LfAJlN_&tAACTtC( SAH .usE. o~;C0NTA0LS, BOOR( . 0PUIATINC
AwARNING
. ...... , ....... .,.,, .... , .... -.c-•

;::::::::0~::•"o-~~U/' "''
, v•• ,o- • .,.,o •o• ,.,.,.,,,, o• "'""""
"''"''"~ <O"••o, • ••• • • ,.,. ""' •u• O••"' "'' ' • •• •v•" • o ,.,v•oo, ,.0•"'"" ou•..,,. c c, o ..,., "'"'" """' u•
00">•._,. "' ""' "'"'' •• "'"' , , ., ,.. ,,.,o, .,,., ,. ..,,,_, o,M.,,. '""""""'' ""'""'""(. •••••u•..,.., "° ...,, ••-., _.
..,.,,, , ,.,_,,..,.,.,,
"""""' ....,,.,..,'""" -., •o.,ov••
""0"' ••("'' ' "'" ' "'•...:"'u•• o• ••0< n•••"'" ·o• "'°' -"""'' ,.,,.,, •o• ''"'"'"''
v.,_ """( _,,.,

O"""'"''°"' ' '"' 0" O• '< O•• " ,,.

• 11,oc. "'"""O ,o.. ~'"''"" """"'
""'""'""''""'""'''"'

321-6460

16
SAFETY/DECALS/HAN D SIGNALS

:-:-:-:••,• •· · , :-· . .. ·:-,. ,.,._.,,.•.•-•," ··

'•·:,={:· ': •. :=:,.:>\)\/·'=:'''' ''''

lr'~
~.f'~ H?ltf ::;::?
ROTATING FAN
CONTACT CAN INJURE
KEEP CLEAR

321 -6686

AwARNING
CHECK ANO suunCE COOLING SYSTEM ACCORDING TO MAINTEN -
ANCE INSTRUCTIONS.
HOT COOLANT CAN SPRAY OUT If RADIA TOR CAP IS REMOVED.
TO REMOVE RADIATOR CAP : LET SYSTEM COOL; TURN TO FIRST
NOTCH; THEN w.arr UIVTll AU "IESSUAE IS AELEASEO.
SCALDING CAN RESULT FROM FAST REMOVAL OF RADIATOR CAP.

32 1-6672

A DANGER

Starting in gear can

cause death. Start engine
only from operator seat
with transmission
control(s) in NEUTRAL.
321-704 0

321 -7040

AcAUTION
ALWAYS INSPECT COUPLER-LATCH
PIN ENGAGEMENT BEFORE
OPERATING VEHICLE

D137186J

17
SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

0100 and D100XR Backhoes

AwARNING
KEEP CLEAR OF THIS AREA
SWINGING BOOM CAN CRUSH.
OPERATE BACKHOE FROM
OPERATOR'S SEAT ONLY.
ANY OTHER METHOD COULD RESULT IN
INJURY TO OPERATOR OR BYSTANDERS .
321 - 4481

321-4481

ONE EACH
SIDE

18
SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

D125 Backhoe

AWARNING
~-- ,,
~-. ---;:~

~, -·-• ,~ ,t·
·-~

•
Prevent injury
or death. t t t t
• • - -• -
Lock backhoein
transport position
and engage swing • ,.• --··
•
Jock before leaving
operator's seat.
!' \,.
," \ -.! \:3
··&
1' 321-7038

AWARNING
IF YOU USE THE BACKHOE TO LIFT
A LOAD THAT IS TOO HEAVY, THE
MACHINE CAN TURN OVER OR THE
LOAD CAN FALL OUT OF CONTROL.
BEFORE YOU LIFT OBJECTS WITH THE
BACKHOE, SEE THE OPERATOR'S
MANUAL TOPIC
"LIFTING WITH THE BACKHOE"
IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE
INSTRUCTIONS, SEVERE INJURY CAN
OCCUR TO YOU OR OTHER PERSONS
IN THE AREA.

2. 321 -6046

A WARNING
Incorrect operation of this backhoe can result In
Injury or de•th.
, . Alway• check tor underground ullllty llne1 beto,. ct'ggll\g.
2. Do no1 won. under ovemano1. ~trical wires, OI" • ~ ~ 11
dano,rtr or ■ 1lldl.
3. Watch ovam.acl c ..a,.ncn with b.ckhoe In transporl position.
~
4. Do not pennlt no.rs on m.ehln.t.
5. ()pl-raw hellhOI from IHI only.
OPERATE THIS UNIT
15. Kee,p 0th« PIOP.. c...,. w'-1 oper1ting backhoe.
?. Do not opNate wilhoul ltablllnrs down. FROM OPERATOR'S SEAT
I. Do not operate unleoH mounting unug.. and t,ra,cut. .,.
MCU,.lylu'9Nd.
8. UN extra c.,.. when croaalng • ~ hllla, rtdign, (lttche1, etc: ..
ONLY
"0. Undltrttand mactll,_ llmttaUona Md keep rnadll,_ undar ~ -
11. "'-I atl4obNrve .....,1nattuctto,.lnOWNt"1m--..... 3. 32 1-3905

4. 321-703 7

19
SAFETY/ DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

AwARNING
KEEP CLEAR OF THIS AREA
SWINGING BOOM CAN CRUSH.
OPERATE BACKHOE FROM
OPERATOR'S SEAT ONLY.
ANY OTHER METHOD COULD RESULT IN
INJUR Y TO OPERATOR OR BYSTANDERS .
321 - 4481

321-448 1

20
SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

HAND SIGNALS
If is recommended that you and the flagman on the job use hand signals for com-
munications Before you start, make sure that you both understand the signals that
will be used.

Start Engine Stop Engine

AS112

Come To Me Move Away From Me

Move hand forvvard and rearward Move hands forward and rearvvard
(palms in) (palms out).

AS 11 3

Go This Far All Stop and Hold

AS 114

21
SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

Stop Emergency Stop

Move one hand back and forth. Move both hands rapidly back and forth.

AS 103

Raise Load or Bucket Lower Load or Bucket

AS1 04

Raise Load or Bucket Slowly Lower Load or Bucket

Slowly

22
SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

Turn Machine Left - Turn Machine Right -

Swing Load Left Swing Load Right
To stop movement, stop moving hand To stop movement, stop moving hand
and make a fist. and make a fist.

AS109J

Roll Back Loader Bucket Dump Loader Bucket

AS110J

Raise Backhoe Boom Lower Backhoe Boom

AS11 1J

23
SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Backhoe Dipper In Backhoe Dipper Out

_1... - ;

' ~
--:-7 -~,
AS106J

Backhoe Bucket Dig Backhoe Bucket Dump

AS107J

24
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

INSTRUMENT PANEL
5

-·~ -·-.,

· :· · -~ '- ? L_j ,'

HydFilt~r EngOil Eng. T'!'mp Botf~y 1 ~f-~i~i~-

B890713J

NOTE: When the key switch is turned to ON, the warning lamps will illuminate for 2
seconds. If the warning lamps do not illuminate, see the seNice manual for this
machine or see your Case dealer.

If all systems are normal , the green systems normal lamp is illuminated. If a yellow
warning lamp illuminates , stop at the end of the day or shift and correct the problem . If
a red warning lamp illuminates , stop the machine and correct the problem.

1. FUEL LEVEL GAUGE This gauge illuminates to indicate the amount of fuel in the
fuel tank when the key switch is in the ON position . The symbols indicate full fuel
tank, half full fuel tank, or empty fuel tank. The bottom lamp will start to flash when
there is 5.2 U.S. gallons (19.6 litres) of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. the machine
can be operated for approximately 2 hours before the fuel tank will be empty.

2. SYSTEMS NORMAL INDICATOR LAMP (Green): This lamp illuminates and stays
illuminated during machine operation until one or more of the following conditions
occur (1) low engine oil pressure, (2) high hydraulic fluid temperature, (3) low alter-
nator output, (4) system voltage below 11 volts, or (5) there is high engine coolant
temperature.

3. HYDRAULIC FILTER WARNING LAMP (Yellow): This lamp illuminates when the
engine is started and the hydraulic fluid is cold , or when the engine is running and
the hydraulic filter is in need of service. !f the lamp is illuminated after 15 minutes of
machine operation , or if the lamp illuminates during machine operation , stop the
engine and service the hydraulic filter. If this lamp illuminates , the systems normal
indicator lamp will stay illuminated and the warning alarm will not actuate.

25
INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

4. ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP (Red): This lamp illuminates when the
engine is running and the engine oil pressure is too low. Then, the warning alarm
will actuate and the systems normal indicator lamp will stop illuminating. Stop the
engine and check for the problem.

5. ENGINE TEMPERATURE WARNING LAMP (Red): This lamp illuminates when the
engine is running and the engine temperature is too high. Then, the warning alarm
will actuate and the systems normal indicator lamp will stop illuminating . Stop the
engine and check for the problem .

6. BATTERY WARNING LAMP (Red) This lamp illuminates and the warning alarm
sounds when the battery voltage falls below 11 volts. Then, the systems normal in-
dicator lamp will stop illuminating.

7. HOURMETER: The hourmeter shows the total hours of engine operation in hours
and tenths of an hour. Use the hourmeter to measure the time between the mainte-
nance intervals .

8. SEAT BELT WARNING LAMP (Red): This warning lamp is used to remind you to
fasten the seat belt.

9. HYDRAULIC TEMPERATURE WARNING LAMP (Red): This warning lamp illu-

minates when the engine is running and the hydraulic fluid temperature is too high.
Then the warning alarm will actuate and the system normal indicator lamp will stop
illuminating . Stop the machine and check for the problem .

10. ALTERNATOR WARNING LAMP (Red): This lamp illuminates when the engine is
running and there is a problem with the alternator. The warning alarm will actuate
and the systems normal lamp stops illuminating. Make sure the engine speed is
at full throttle to check this warning lamp . Stop the machine and check the alter-
nator charging system.

11. AIR FILTER WARNING LAMP (Yellow) : This warning lamp illuminates when the
engine is running and the air filter requires service.

NOTE: If you have a problem, correct the problem. After you correct the problem, start
the engine. The warning lamps will stop illuminating, the warning alarm will stop ac-
tuating and the systems normal indicator lamp will illuminate.

26
INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

KEY SWITCH, ETHER STARTING AID

AND LIGHT SWITCH

841348 F

1. KEY SWITCH: The key switch has four positions: ACC, OFF, ON and START.

a. ACCESSORY: This position energizes the horn and light circuits.

b. OFF: Turn the key to this position to stop the engine and deenergize the
electrical system.

c. ON: This position energizes the electrical system and is the normal position
of the key when the engine is running .

d. START: Turn the key to this position to actuate the starter motor to start the
engine.

NOTE: See Page 41 for the correct procedure to start the engine.

2. LIGHT SWITCH: Pull the light switch knob out to illuminate the lights. Push the knob
in for Off.

3. ETHER STARTING AID BUTTON: The ether starting aid button is used to put ether
into the intake system each time you push and release the button. This system
operates only when the key switch is in the START position and the engine is cold.
See Page 43 for the correct starting procedure when using ether.

27
INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

ENGINE HAND THROTTLE AND HORN BUTTON

1. ENGINE HAND THROTTLE: Push the engine hand throttle completely forward for
maximum engine speed. Pull rearward to decrease. It is recommended that you
run the engine at full throttle when you operate the machine. Control the speed of
the machine with the steering control levers.

NOTE: When operating the backhoe, run the engine at 1/2 throttle only.

IMPORTANT: If the machine has been working hard, run the engine at no load 1/2
speed for about two or three minutes before stopping.

2. HORN BUTTON Push the horn button to actuate the horn.

28
INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

OPERATORS SEAT
Standard Seat

1. FORWARD/REARWARD ADJUSTMENT LEVER: Move the lever toward the front of

the seat to slide the seat forward or backward. release the lever to hold the seat in
position.

2. SEAT BASE KNOB: Rotate the knob counterclockwise to loosen the seat base. Lift
and pull the seat forward to remove the seat and seat base.

29
INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Deluxe Seat - Optional

1. FORWARD/BACKWARD ADJUSTMENT LEVER: Move the lever to the left to slide

the seat forward or backward. Release the lever to hold the seat in position .

2. TENSION ADJUSTMENT KNOB : (Use this knob to adjust seat tension for the ope-
rators weight) . Rotate the knob to the left (counterclockwise) to increase the
tension (more support). Rotate the knob to the right (clockwise) to decrease the
tension (less support).

3. BACKREST ADJUSTMENT BAR : Pull the bar up and slide the seat forward or
backward to change the backrest position. Release the bar to lock the backrest
into position .

4. SEAT BASE KNOB: Rotate the knob counterclockwise to loosen the seat base. Lift
and pull the seat forward to remove the seat and seat base from the machine.

5. TETHER BELTS : Before removing the seat, you must remove the two tether belt
mounting bolts from the seat.

30
INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

OPERATOR RESTRAINT SYSTEM

This system protects you during the operation of the machine and when you leave the
machine. The seat belt, seat bars, and related parts are included in the system.

SEAT BELT: The seat belt keeps you within the protective area of the ROPS when you
operate the machine. See Page 32 for correct operation and Pages 123 or 124 for
checking the belt and belt mounting parts.

SEAT BARS: The seat bars automatically engage the parking latch and lock the
loader lift arms and bucket before you leave the machine. See Page 33 for correct
operation and Page 112 or 113 for testing and adjusting.

31
INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

SEAT BELT
NOTE: The illustrations that follow show the correct procedure to fasten, release,
tighten and loosen the belt. Refer to Page 120 for the correct inspection and care of
seat belt.

FASTEN RELEASE

TIGHTEN LOOSEN

& •
An accident or sudden machine movement can cause injury or death.
Always fasten the seat belt and pull down the seat bars before you start
the engine. Always stop the engine before you release the seat bars and
seat belt. ssoo3

32
INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Seat Bars
Before You Start Before You Leave the Machine
Before you start the engine or operate the Before you leave the machine, you must
machine, you must push both seat bars release and move both seat bars com-
completely down. When the seat bars are pletely up (pull both release levers back
down, the loader controls are free to to release the seat bars).
move and the parking latch is released .
When the seat bars are up, the loader
NOTE: If the machine is parked on a hill, controls are locked and the parking latch
drive the machine up the hill to release the is engaged. Check the seat bars for
parking latch. correct operation each day before you
leave the machine. See Page 112 or 113
to check the seat bars.

You can lose control of the machine if the engine stops and you are on a
hi/1. If the engine stops, IMMEDIATELY lower the loader to the ground and
raise the seat bars completely to engage the parking latch. You or others
around you can be injured if you lose control of the machine. scogg

33
INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

STEERING CONTROLS
Push both steering controls forward to
move the machine forward. Pull both
steering controls rearward to move the
machine in reverse. Move the controls
forward a short distance for maximum
power and slow speed. Move the control
completely forward for maximum speed .

_,_. :,·
IMPORTANT: Keep all control lever
movements smooth.

411 Move both steering control levers to

NEUTRAL to stop the machine.

Pivot Turn Counter-Rotation Turn

8790598R 8790597R

Gradual Turn

~~~~~)}]P))}jl72,
~~~~i'lt ✓~
a-._

8790599U

34
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

LOADER CONTROLS
Hand Levers
Left Control Right Control

B900588J

0
RAISE ROLLBACK

0
LOWER
G)
DUMP

0
FLOAT
0
HOLD
(NEUTRAL)

0 254193

When in FLOAT, the bucket can follow The loader lift arms and bucket stops
the level of the ground without moving when the control lever is in
movement of the control lever. HOLD.

35
 INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

LOADER CONTROLS
Foot Levers
Left Pedal Right Pedal

0 RAISE 0 ROLLBACK

0 LOWER
0 DUMP

0 FLOAT
0HOLD
(NEUTRAL)

253193
0
Push the pedal completely down for The loader lift arms and bucket stops
FLOAT. When in FLOAT, the bucket can moving when both pedals are released
follow the level of the ground without and return to HOLD (NEUTRAL).
movement of the control pedal

36
INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

HYDRAULIC ATTACHMENT CONTROLS

with Foot Pedal
When not in use, store the pin in the
storage hole.

This control pedal actuates the hydraulic

cylinder of the front mounted attachment
(if equipped). Push the right side of the
pedal to open the clam (attachment)
and push the left side of the pedal to with Hand Lever
close.

NOTE: If the attachment operates op-

posite than is shown, reverse the two
hose connections at the attachment.
2. CONTINUOUS
If the attachment requires continuous POWER
HOLE
power, see the photograph in the next
column. Push down on the right side of
1.PIN V
the control and install the pin that is pro-
vided. The pin will hold the control in the
POWER position. A constant flow of oil
~6~:'~
will go to the attachment when the control
is in the POWER position. B900884J

If your machine has foot pedal controls

for the loader, the right steering control
lever controls the hydraulic attachment.
For continuous power, push the control
completely to the right and install the pin
in the continuous power hole.

37
INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Single Direction High Flow Bl-Direction High Flow

Control Switch (If Equipped) Control Switch (If Equipped)

A19104

120558A1

SINGLE DIRECTION HIGH FLOW

CONTROL SWITCH: This switch is the
control for a hydraulic motor connected
to the high flow hydraulic conectors. Pull 120559A1
the control switch out to engages the
hydraulic motor. Push the switch down to Bl-DIRECTION HIGH FLOW CONTROL
disengage the hydraulic motor. The SWITCH: This switch is the control for a
switch should be in the down position hydraulic motor connected to the high
when starting the engine. flow hydraulic connectors. Move the
control switch to the right to engage the
hydraulic motor. Move the control switch
to the left to engage the hydraulic motor
and change its direction of turn. The
center position will disengage the hyd-
rau lic motor. The control switch should
be in the center position when starting
the engine.

38
INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Backhoe Controls

.,=
~ ~··~ ~l~ cl·

~- -!-
#\ '

t,
~
/·
t
•
,'
..
11. .•
t
•
,'~ • --··
t
+-•~

~
J
\~,

Q -·&

1. BOOM 3. DIPPER
AND AND
SWING BUCKET

8910956J

Swing Lock Pedal Boom Latch Control

D125 Backhoe (See Page 57) D125 Backhoe (See Page 58)

39
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

RUN-IN PERIOD
Wheel Nuts Engine
When the machine is new or when a During the first 20 hours of operation for a
wheel is removed for service, check the new machine, or if you rebuild the engine,
wheel nuts every two hours of operation make sure you do the following:
until the nuts remain tight. The torque for
the wheel nuts is 115 to 125 pound-feet 1. Operate the machine with normal
(155 to 170 Nm). loads for the first 8 hours. Do not work
the engine hard at stall speeds
Hydraulic Filter (wheels turning slow or stopped and
engine speed at full throttle).
Replace the hydraulic filter after the first
20 hours of operation if the machine is 2. Keep the engine at normal operating
new or if a major component is replaced. temperatures.
See Page 105.
3. Do not run the engine at idle speeds
Drive Chains for long periods of time.

Adjust the drive chains after the first 20

hours of operation if the machine is new
or if the drive chains are replaced . See
Pages 114 and 116.

40
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

ENGINE OPERATION
Walk-Around Inspection
Do the following items each day before 5. Clean or replace any safety decal or
you start the engine. instructional decals that cannot be
read.
1. Check for leaks under the machine.
Repair al l leaks and clean the area 6 Clean the hand rails , step , and op-
with solvent or soap and water in a erators compartment. Make sure all
pressure washer . loose items are removed from the
machine.
2. Check the tires for damage.
7. See the maintenance charts begin-
3. Check for broken , damaged , loose , or ning on Page 76 and do the items in
missing parts. Replace, tighten, or the section marked Every 10 Hours of
adjust as required before you operate Operation .
this machine.
NOTE: If this is a new machine, or a
4. Clean all debris from the machine, es- machine with a new or rebuilt engine, see
pecially around the engine and ra- Run-In Period on Page 40.
diator. Check the engine and engine
area.

Before you start the engine, read and understand the operators manual
and the safety decals for this machine. Fasten the seat belt and pull both
seat bars down. Make sure all persons are away from the machine.
S8004

Starting the Engine

1. Adjust the seat and fasten the seat 5. Turn the key switch to ON. All warning
belt. lamps will illuminate for 2 seconds.

2. Pull both seat bars down. 6. Turn the key switch to START.
Release the key as soon as the engine
3. Warn all persons in the area that you starts.
are going to start the engine.
7. If the eng ine starts and stops , do not
4. Push the throttle forward about one actuate the starter motor again until
inch (25 mm). the starter stops turning.

NOTE: If the weather is cold, see Pages

43 and 44 for starting aids.

41
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

NOTE: Do not operate the starter motor Engine Speed

more than 10 to 15 seconds at one time. Do not run the engine at idle speed for
Let the starter motor cool for three long periods. This can cause a low ope-
minutes before you actuate the starter rating temperature. Low operating tem-
motor again. While the starter motor is perature can cause acids and deposits in
engaged, white or black smoke must be the engine oil. It is recommended that
seen at the exhaust pipe. If no smoke is you run the engine at full throttle when
seen, check the fuel supply. operating conditions permit and when
safe.
8. After the engine starts , check the in-
struments to make sure the indica- IMPORTANT: When you operate the
tions are correct. Run the engine at backhoe , it is recommended that you run
about 1/4 throttle unti! the engine the engine at 1/2 throttle.
coo lant is warm.

Parking the Machine and

Before You Move the Stopping the Engine
Machine in Cold
Temperatures - to IMPORTANT: If you must temporarily
park the machine on a hillside, put the
Prevent Damage to the front of the machine toward the bottom of
Hydrostatic Transmission the hill. Make sure the machine is behind
an object that will not move.
IMPORTANT: Below 32°F (0°C), run
the engine at 1/2 throttle for 10 minutes 1 . Park on level ground and lower the
with the transmission controls in the loader bucket to the ground.
NEUTRAL position. Do not operate the hyd-
raulic cylinders rapidly or against the 2. Run the engine at 1/2 speed for two or
stops rapidly until the hydraulic oil is three minutes, if the engine has been
warm. Increase the engine speed to 3/4 working at full load. This procedure
throttle and move the transmission will cool the engine parts evenly.
control levers to 1/2 forward. Move the
machine at no load for one minute or until 3. Turn the key to OFF to stop the
the transmission runs normally. engine.

4. Remove the key, release the seat bars

and release the seat belt. Always use
the hand rails and steps when leaving.

NOTE: The parking latch is engaged

automatically.

42
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Ether Start Aid

Stat1ing fluid (ether) can cause injury or death. An explosion can result if
sparks, flame, or extreme heat contact the ether in the stat1ing fluid con-
A tainer. Do not breathe starting fluid vapors. Wear face protection when
Lil you remove or install a starting fluid container or when you use an aerosol
spray starting fluid. Use starting fluid according to instructions in this
manual. SA039

Important Rules When Starting the Engine

Using Ether The ether start aid injects a measured
1. Know the correct method for starting amount of ether into the engine during
your engine with ether. cold weather starting.

2. If you weld, grind, or use a cutting 1. See Page 41 and use the correct pro-
torch on the machine, always remove cedure to start the engine.
the starting fluid container from the 2. Push the throttle 1/2 open.
machine. Use compressed air to
3. Actuate the starter motor.
remove any ether fumes from the
area. 4. Push and release the ether start
button. If the engine does not start
3. Do not breathe the ether vapor or let after two attempts, check the supply
the ether touch your skin. of ether in the container.

4. Keep the starting fluid container out of

the reach of children.

5. When the temperature is above 35°F

(1.6°C), remove the starting fluid con-
tainer from the machine.

6. Before you discard an empty con-

tainer, use rubber gloves and push
the valve in the end of the container to NOTE: The ether start aid system will •
remove any pressure. Do not make a operate until the engine temperature
hole in the container and do not put goes above 55°F (12.77°C). The ether
the container in a fire. start aid system will only operate after the
engine temperature has dropped below
7. Do not store extra containers in the 35°F (1.6°C).
operators area.
IMPORTANT: Before you replace the
8. Always read the instructions on the ether container, read the instructions and
ether container. warnings on the container.

43
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Booster Battery Connection to Machine Battery

Wrong jumper cable connections or shorting across the starter terminals
can cause the machine to move suddenly out of control. You can be
injured or killed. Use the correct method shown on this page to connect
jumper cables to this machine. SA005

Batteries contain acid and explosive gas. Explosion can result from
sparks, flames or wrong cable connections. To connect the jumper
cables correctly to the battery of this machine, see the correct method
shown on this page. Failure to follow these instructions can cause serious
injury or death. SA006

Two persons are required for this pro- 4. Connect the positive ( +) jumper
cedure. Make sure that you and the cable to the positive ( +) battery ter-
person making the connections are minal.
wearing face protection. 5. Connect the negative(-) jumper cable
1. Remove the floor plate. to a good frame ground away from the
2. Sit in the operators seat and have the battery.
other person make the connections. 6. Start the engine and have the other
Make sure the jumper battery is 12 person disconnect the negative (-)
volts jumper cable first and the positive ( +)
jumper cable last
3. If using another machine for power,
make sure the two machines do not 7. Install the floor plate.
touch.

44
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

MACHINE OPERATION
Before you operate the machine, check the steering control levers, in-
struments, warning lamps, engine throttle, and equipment hydraulic con-
trols. Also, check the seat bars. When the two seat bars are in the UP posi-
tion, the parking latch is ENGAGED and the loader control levers are
locked in the NEUTRAL position.
If you know there is a ma/function, a missing part, or a part that needs
adjustment, stop the machine and correct the problem. SB007

1. Set the engine speed at full throttle done in a shorter time with a smooth
and control the machine speed with work cycle.
the steering control levers.
4. Keep the work area as smooth and
2. If you are a new operator, always level as possible.
operate the machine in an open area
at a reduced machine speed until you 5. Keep the work cycle as short as pos-
get a feel of the controls. If you move sible.
the steering controls too fast the
machine can start bouncing. Just 6. If you are working on a hard level
release the control levers and the surface , select the narrow or non-
machine will stop. pneumatic tires. Then , when you arc
working on soft ground or you need
3. Keep all machine and loader move- more traction , use the wide flotation
ments smooth. You can get more tires.

45
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE

Before you put the machine on a trailer or truck, make sure the ramp and
parking surface is free of all oil, grease, ice etc. Also, make sure the ramp is
strong enough to support the load. SA008

You must know the rules or laws for

safety that are used in your area. Make
sure that your truck or trailer is equipped
with the correct safety equipment.

1. Put a block at the front and rear of the

trailer or truck wheels.

2. Be careful, and back the machine

slowly onto the trailer.

3. Lower the loader bucket to the floor,

stop the engine, and remove the key.

4. Put a block at the front and rear of

each tire.

5. Use chains to fasten the machine to

the trailer at two places.

6. Push both operator protection bars to

the DOWN position to release the
parking latch.

7. Measure the clearance height of the 8876583V

machine and trailer or truck. Post the
clearance height in the cab of the
truck.

46
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

LIFTING THE MACHINE WITH A CRANE

When lifting this machine with a crane, it is recommended that you use a four leg bridle
sling that has a 10,000 pound (4536 kg) lift capacity with a 30 degree sling angle.
Each leg of the sling must have a minimum length of 6 ft (1.8 m). The machine must be
equipped with the optional D102001 lifting brackets.

1. Make sure that you and the crane operator know and understand the correct hand
signals .

2 Keep all other persons out of the area when lifting Do not move the machine over
the heads of people.

3. Make sure that you inspect the lifting equipment each day for damaged or missing
parts.

1. FOUR LEG
BRIDLE SLING

B901915J
47
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

MOVING A DISABLED MACHINE

If the machine is disabled and you must use the optional towing valves,
the machine can move out of control when the towing valves are turned to
the towing position. To prevent machine movement, put blocks at the
front and rear of the wheels or raise both seat bars. Remove the blocks
after the towing machine is connected to the disabled machine or lower
both seat bars. If you do not follow these instructions, the machine can
move out of control and injure you or other persons in the area.
SB009

If the machine becomes disabled, 3. Each bypass valve has two holes in
always carry the machine on a truck or the end. Put a small rod in one of the
trailer. hoies and turn each bypass valve 1 or
1. Put blocks at the front and rear of the 2 turns counterclockwise.
machine wheels and remove the seat
from the machine. IMPORTANT: Do not turn the bypass
valves more than two turns.
2. Locate both bypass valves on the
hydrostatic drive pumps. 4. Fasten a rigid drawbar to the
machine. Remove the wheel blocks.

5. Push both operator protection bars to

the DOWN position to release the
parking latch.

IMPORTANT: Do not move the disabled

machine faster than 1 mph (1. 6 km/h) .
Damage to the hydrostatic drive system
can occur. Never tow the machine farther
than 50 feet (15 m).

6. After you repair the machine, turn the

bypass valves clockwise to tighten.

7. Install the seat.

48
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

OPERATING IN COLD WEATHER

Cold weather conditions cause special 3. DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM: Check with
problems. During these conditions, your your fuel supplier for the correct cold
machine will require special attention to weather fuel. Diesel engine power will
prevent serious damage. Cold weather be reduced if wax particles are in the
maintenance will extend the service life of fuel filter.
your machine.
Make sure to check for water in the fuel
1. BATTERY AND ELECTRICAL SYS- system. Cold temperatures can cause
TEM: Clean the battery and make water to collect in the fuel tank. Check the
sure the battery is at full charge. fuel tank for water. If no water is found,
extend the interval. See Page 99.
NOTE: A fully charged battery at 0°F
(-17°C) has only 40 percent of the normal 4. COOLING SYSTEM: Check the
starting power. Then, when the tempera- coolant mixture before you operate in
ture decreases to -20°F (-29°C), the cold temperatures A mixture of 50%
battery has only 18 percent of the power ethylene glycol and 50% water must
remaining. be used in this machine. This mixture
is used if the lowest ambient tempera-
If you add water to the battery and the ture is above -34°F (-37°C). If the
temperature is below 32°F (0°C) , make ambient temperature is lower, adjust
sure you charge the battery or run the the mixture. It is recommended that
engine for approximately two hours . This ethylene glycol and water be used in
procedure will prevent battery freezing. your machine all year.

Inspect the battery cables and terminals. 5. COLD TEMPERATURE STARTING

Clean the terminals and spray a coat of AIDS: See your Case dealer for extra
battery terminal protector to prevent cor- starting aids such as battery heater,
rosion. etc.

2. LUBRICANTS: Use the correct vis- 6. GENERAL: Before you work the
cosity oil in each component. As an machine , see Page 42 .
example: SAE 30 engine oil at 32°F
(0°C) increases the starting load by
about 250 percent Make sure you
follow the recommended oil and filter
service as shown in this manual.

49
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

OPERATING IN HOT WEATHER

To prevent damage to the machine, do 4. Check the condition of the drive belts.
the following:
5. Use lubricants of the correct viscosity.
1. Keep the coolant at the correct level in
the coolant reservoir and in the ra- 6. Use the correct solution of ethylene
diator. glycol and water in the cooling
system.
2. Test the radiator cap before hot
weather starts. Replace the cap as re- 7. Check the dust valve of the air cleaner
quired. more frequently during extreme dust
conditions.
3. Clean all dirt and debris from the
radiator and engine area.

50
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

OPERATING THE LOADER

When you operate, always keep all parts of your body inside the operators
compartment. Then, before you leave the operators seat, always lower
the loader bucket or attachment to the ground and stop the engine. You
can be injured or killed if you do not follow these instructions. SA010

During loader operations, keep the loaded bucket as low as possible.

This low position lets you see in front of the machine and gives better
machine balance. SA011

A Reduce the machine speed when working on rough ground. The

~ machine can roll over if you drive too fast on rough ground. SA012

Filling and Dumping the Bucket

1. Lower the lift arms against the stops, 3. Carry the load low to the dump area.
increase the engine speed to full
throttle and enter the stockpile at

AJ
about 1/4 speed.

. . '
·,. ,
: ·:: ~ B0281A89J
B0283A89J

4 . When in the dump area, raise and

dump the bucket. Keep all move-
ments smooth .
2. Roll back and raise the bucket.

B0282A89J
B0284A89J

51
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Operating on a Hillside or Ramp

~ Hillside operations can be dangerous. Rain, snow, ice, loose gravel, soft
Lil ground, etc., change the ground conditions. You must make a judgment if
your machine can be safely operated on any hillside or ramp. sso13

~ When you are operating on a hill, be very careful. Do not turn the machine
Lil sideways to the bottom of the hill. The machine can roll over. SA014

Load in the Bucket

If you have a load in the bucket, drive the machine up the hill or back the machine
down.

80285A89J B0286A89J

Bucket Empty
If the bucket is empty, drive the machine down the hill or back the machine up the hill.

80287A89J 80288A89J

52
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

CASE COUPLER
Installing a Bucket or Attachment
1. Start the engine and rotate the Case 3. Push both Case Coupler levers down
Coupler out Pull both Case Coupler to hold the bucket or attachment in
levers up to the vertical position place. Make sure the two wedges are
completely down and engaged .

2. Move the machine forward and pick

up the bucket or attachment. Rotate NOTE: See Page 125 for Coupler Attac-
the bucket or attachment back. ment Fit-Up and Wedge Adjustment.

53
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

CASE PINNED COUPLER

Installing a Bucket
or Attachment 3. Install both retaining pins.

1. Start the engine and rotate the Case

Pinned Coupler out.

Case Pinned Coupler

Adjustment
2. Move the machine forward and
pickup the bucket or attachment. 1. With the bucket or attachment in-
Rotate the bucket or attachment back stalled , loosen the mounting bolts of
and install the bucket mounting pins. the upper mounting brackets.

8876585V 8876583V
2. Tighten each mounting bolt to 120
pound-inches (14 Nm).

3. Use a hammer and tap both upper

mounting brackets down into the
bottom of the V of the Case Pinned
Coupler.

4. Tighten all mounting bolts 25 to 35

pound-feet (34 to 47 Nm).
54
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

BACKHOE OPERATION
Before you operate the backhoe in an area where your visibility is
reduced, such as next to a building, etc., always install a guard rail and
warning signs to keep other persons away from your machine. SA062

Before operating the backhoe, always be in the operators seat. Serious

injury or death can result if you do not follow these instructions. SA126

General
Be a careful operator; you can prevent IMPORTANT: Before you operate the
accidents. Read the following informa- backhoe for the first time, move the
tion and the safety section of this manual. machine to an open area. Run the engine
at 1/3 throttle. Actuate each backhoe
The backhoe will dig more material in control lever until each movement is
less time when a smooth , short dig cycle smooth .
is used. A good operator is not just a fast
operator. Keep each dig cycle smooth .

At.. A working backhoe can injure or kill. Before you start, always make sure
~ that all persons are away from the DANGER AREA. SA06 1

55
 OPERATING CONTROLS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Backhoe Controls
..,=
~ ti•~ -:1~ (J'•

~, -·- ,. t !jJ t
•!
t
•l • ._ t ....
,, l
\....;.
~
, ,.
..... -.!
--··

~
··6,
'
\~)

1. BOOM 3. DIPPER
AND AND
SWING BUCKET

8910956J

Engine Speed
It is recommended that you run the engine at 1/2 throttle when you operate the
backhoe. If you are a new operator move the machine to an open area and operate
the backhoe at a reduced engine speed. You must know the operating speed of this
backhoe before you operate in an area with other persons.

Hydraulic Power
See Page 37 and set the foot pedal or hand lever for continous hydraulic power.

56
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Before You Dig with the Backhoe

NOTE: For the 0100 and O100XR backhoe see Transport Link Page 62.
1. Use the hand rails and step when you get into the machine

ti

fj

2. Start the engine and align the NOTE: Steps 7 and 8 apply to the D 125
machine with the digging area. backhoe only.
3. Adjust the engine speed to 1/2 7. Push the swing lock pedal down to the
throttle. RELEASED position .
4. Actuate the hydraulic power for the
backhoe. See Page 37.
5. Use the hand rails and carefully move
to the backhoe seat.
6. Lower the stabilizers.

57
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

8. Move the backhoe out of the TRANS- b. Pull the boom latch control re-
PORT LOCKED position. arward, pull the boom control
a. Push the boom control forward rearward and the backhoe will
and pull the boom latch control move out of the TRANSPORT
rearward. LOCKED position.

9. Always operate the backhoe from the

backhoe seat only.

58
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Digging With the Backhoe

Always know the location of all workers in your area. Warn them before
A you start working the machine. Always keep all other persons away from
Lll your area. Serious injury or death can result if you do not follow these in-
structions. SA01 s

FILLING THE BUCKET

Fill the bucket by operating the boom, bucket teeth and cutting edge cut
dipper, and bucket as necessary to keep through the ground like a knife blade. The
the bucket parallel with the cut Let the type ot material that you dig determines
the depth of the cut.

ft
~:::.

li,;',1,,, . .. , .. , ,s, ..c,, •..•..•.• ., .... .,, •. : . .

CORRECT

WRONG
Bucket will dig-in
and cause a stall.

---,-
0 ·-r~~'i.
~~:-;,-~·-

::1~-! -.
, ·. _;: .·;,,,r.~,..,...,.;.,...,.,~
r.~i

WRONG
iflt~~,, 0 ::'J:;.:,.,.··, ,.:·~- __ ,.,.
CORRECT TRENCHING METHOD
Bucket is pushed up. B840006J
This will also slow
the cycle time. IMPORTANT: Do not backfill a trench
with the backhoe by swinging the bucket
against the soil.

59
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

A Before you start to work in a new area, walk around and look for holes or
~ obstructions. Failure to find hidden holes or obstructions can cause an
accident and injury. SA019

Procedure to Move the 4. Rotate the bucket completely in and

Machine When You Dig retract the dipper.

Make sure that you check the area for ob- 5. During this procedure , the backhoe
structions, holes, etc , before you move boom will be moving toward you (past
the machine. Your visibility to the rear is the vertical position).
reduced when you are digging with the
backhoe. a. Pull the boom control back.

When you move the machine, raise the

boom and retract the dipper. Raise the \
stabilizers. Move to the machine opera-
tors seat, fasten the seat belt, and pull
both seat bars down. Carefu lly move the
machine away from the hole you are
digging. Do not try to move the machine
using the backhoe.

Moving the Backhoe Into

the Transport Position b. When the boom reaches the
vertical position, rapidly move
NOTE: For the 0100 and O100XR the boom control lever forward.
backhoe see Transport Link page 63. The boom will continue to move
1. Decrease the engine speed to 1/4 toward you until the stop. is
throttle and make sure the stabilizers reached. Release the boom
are down on the ground. control.

2. Swing the boom to the center.

3. Put the swing lock pedal in the LOCK

position.

NOTE: The boom lock will automatically

engage the boom. The boom, dipper,
and bucket are now in the TRANSPORT
LOCKED position.

6. Raise the stabilizers completely.

60
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

D125 BACKHOE IN TRANSPORT POSITION

D100XR BACKHOE IN TRANSPORT POSITION

61
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Transport Link - 0100 and 01 OOXR Backhoe

OPERATING POSITION TRANSPORT LOCKED POSITION

62
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Lifting with the Backhoe

IMPORTANT: For the 0100 or O100XR d. Swing the load all the way to one
backhoe the transport link must be in the side.
operating position.
e. Move the load away from the
The backhoe is not a crane . For this machine. Make sure you keep
reason , always be very careful when you the load one or two inches (25 to
lift a load with the backhoe. Read the in- 50 mm) above the ground
structions that follow before you begin.
f. Lower the load to the ground if
1. Know and understand each signal (1) one of the stabilizers is
from the signalman before you begin. raised above the ground or (2)
there is any other indication that
2. Always know the location of all the stability of the machine is
persons in your working area. reduced .

3. Attach a hand line to the load before 5. Always move the load slowly. Do not
you start. Make sure the person move the load over persons.
holding the hand line is away from the
load. 6. When the load is raised , keep all
persons away until the load is put on
4 . Test the load before you begin your blocks of wood or on the ground .
job
7. Remember, lower the load to the
a. Move the machine close to the ground if (1) one of the stabilizers is
load. raised above the ground or (2) there is
any other indication that the stability of
b. Use a cable or sling to fasten the the machine is reduced .
load to the end of the dipper at
the bucket pivot pin .

c. Lift the load with the backhoe so

the load is one or two inches (25
to 50 mm) above the ground .

63
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Removing the Backhoe

1. Lower the backhoe bucket and 3. Loosen both tension rod nuts with the
stabilizers to the ground. Do not raise special wrench. Rotate the tension
the machine. rods back and remove from the
machine.

4. (Pinned coupler) Remove the two

lower mounting pins from the
backhoe.

(Case Coupler) Release the coupler.

5. Start the engine and operate the

loader bucket tilt control. Rotate the
coupler forward to release the
backhoe. Slowly move the machine to
the rear about 12 inches (305 mm).
B4065491V,
2. Stop the engine .

64
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

6. Raise the stabilizers to lower the 8. Install a dust plug in each quick dis-
backhoe mainframe to the ground. connect coupling on the machine.
Make sure the mainframe is level.

7. Stop the engine and disconnect the

two hydraulic hoses at the quick dis-
connect couplings .

9. Return the auxiliary control pedal to

NEUTRAL. Store the lock pin in the
storage hole below the pedal.

NOTE: For machines with foot pedal

loader controls, return the right-hand
control to NEUTRAL. Store the lock pin in
the storage hole. See Page 37.

65
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Installing the Backhoe

NOTE: If your machine has the Case 4. Start the engine and roll back the
coupler, make sure the two coupler levers coupler and backhoe against the
are up in the vertical position. stops.

1. Carefully align the machine to the NOTE: You must move the backhoe
backhoe and pick up the backhoe boom down to help roll back the coupler
with the coupler. against the stop.

2. Roll the backhoe onto the coupler, 5. Install the two tension rods. Tighten
stop the engine and engage the the tension rod nuts to remove stack.
coupler latches. Use the special wrench to tighten
tension rod nuts an additional 3/4
NOTE: If your machine has the pinned turn.
coupler, install the two lower mounting
pins and hair pins. NOTE: Do not over-tighten tension rod
nuts. Over-tightening may damage the
3. Connect the two hydraulic hoses to tension rods or anchor brackets.
the quick disconnect couplings. Make
sure the couplings are completely
engaged. See Page 37 and set the
t r~- WRENCH

foot pedal and hand lever for hyd-

raulic power.
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

High Flow Hydraulic System Operation (If Equipped)

The machine can be equipped with ether the single or 81-directional high flow hyd-
raulic system. The high flow hydraulic system is an independent auxiliary hydraulic
system designed to be used to power front mounted attachments that are powered
by hydraulic motor. The hydraulic connectors for this system are located on the right
loader arm . ~
) ~ o 1. HIGH FLOW
~~ ° CONNECTORS
"'-- iflj

123L93

Single Direction High Flow Hydraulic System Operation

(If Equipped)
1. Connect the hydraulic motor of the 3. Start the engine and set the hand
front mounted attachment to the high throttle at 1/2 to 3/4 throttle.
flow hydraulic system connectors .
4. To engage the hydraulic motor pull up
2. Check that the push pull control on the control switch then increase
switch is in the pushed down position. throttle setting to full throttle. Oil flow to
the motor is through the male hyd-
raulic connector.
1. HIGH FLOW
CONTROL
SWITCH 5. To disengage the hydrau lic motor
push the control switch down , oil flow
to the hydraulic motor will be stopped.

A19092R

120558A1

67
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Bl-Directional High Flow Hydraulic System Operation

(If Equipped)
1. Connect the three hydraulic hoses 4. To engage the hydraulic motor, move
from the hydraulic motor of the front the control switch to the right and
mounted attachment to the high flow increase throttle setting to full throttle.
hydrau lic system connectors. Oil flow to the motor will be through
the male hydraulic connector.
2. Check that the three position control
switch is on the center position. 5. To disengage the hydraulic motor
move the control switch to the center
position. Oil flow to the hydraulic
motor will be stopped .

6. To change the hydraulic motor direc-

tion of turn the hydraulic motor can be
engaged by moving the control switch
to the left. Increase throttle setting to
full throttle . Oil flow will be through the
female hydraulic connector.

3. Start the engine and set the hand

throttle at 1/4 to 1/2 throttle.

120559A1

68
 WHEELS;TIRES _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Exploding tires and/or rim parts can cause injury or death. Keep yourself
A and others out of the DANGER AREA. Stand on the tread side of the tire.
L.1.1 Always use the correct air pressure and follow the instructions in this
manual for adding air or servicing the tires. s0020

1. KEEP OUT OF THE DANGER AREAS

B910410J

The above illustrations show danger areas caused by exploding tires and/or rim
parts . KEEP YOURSELF AND OTHERS OUT OF THESE DANGER AREAS.

The next page shows the correct methods that you must use when adding air or ser-
vicing a tire .

69
WHEELS/TIRES _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Do NOT weld to wheel or rim when a tire is installed. Welding will cause an
A explosive air/gas mixture that will be ignited with high temperatures. This
~ can happen to tires inflated or deflated. Removing air or breaking bead is
not adequate. Tire MUST be completely removed from the rim prior to
welding. SB134

Explosive separation of the tire and/or rim parts can cause injury or death.
When tire service is necessary, have a qualified tire mechanic service the
tire. 84-113

Check the air pressure and the condition 1. Before you add air, have the tire cor-
of the tires every 100 hours of operation. rectly installed on the machine or put
the tire in a restraining device (tire in-
flation cage).
Tire or Rim Service/Inflating
the Tire
Always have a qualified tire mechanic
service the tires and rims on this
machine . it is recommended that you
have this mechanic inflate the tires. To
prevent accidents, always use a re-
straining device (tire inflation cage) ,
correct equipment, and correct pro-
cedure. Explosive separation of the tire
can cause serious injury.

Adding Air to the Tires

2. Use an air hose with remote shut- off
7.00 15 ...... ..... ...... ..... ..... ... ...... 55 psi
X valve and a self locking air chuck.
(379 kPa, 3.7 bar)
10.00 X 16.5 ...... .... ..... ...... ... ... .. .. .. 45 psi
(31 O kPa, 3.1 bar) 3. Stand behind the tread of the tire and
make sure all persons are away from
This procedure is only for adding air to the side of the tire before you start to
the tire. If the tire has lost all the pressure add air.
or service to the tire or rim is required , do
the following: 4. lnflate the tire to the recommended air
pressure. DO NOT inflate the tire more
than the recommended pressure.

70
 WHEELS/TIRES _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Exploding tires and/or rim parts can cause injury or death. Keep yourself
~
and others out of the DANGER AREA. Stand on the tread side of the tire.
~ Always use the correct air pressure and follow the instructions in this
manual for adding air or servicing the tires. s0020

TIRE OR RIM SERVICE

Explosive separation of the tire can cause injury. Always have a qualified tire
mechanic service the tires and rims on this machine. It is recommended that a qual-
ified tire mechanic inflate the tires.

WHEEL NUTS
If the machine is new or you have just in-
stalled the wheels, check the wheel nuts
every 2 hours until the nuts remain tight.
Tighten each nut to a torque of 115 to 125
pound-feet (155 to 170 Nm).

When you have tires installed , make sure

that the tread is in the same direction as
the tires shown in the photograph .

INFLATION
7.00 15 ... ..................... ..... ....... 55 psi
X 1. Use an air hose with a remote shutoff
(379 kPa, 3. 7 bar) valve and a self-locking air chuck.
10.00 X 16.5 .................. ............. .45 psi
(310 kPa, 3.1 bar) 2. Stand behind the tread of the tire and
make sure all persons are away from
NOTE: This procedure is for adding air the side of the tire before you start to
to a tire on the machine. add air.

DO NOT inflate a tire that has had a 3. Inflate the tire to the recommended air
complete loss of air. If there has been a pressure. DO NOT inflate the tire more
complete loss of air in the tire, have a than the recommended pressure.
qualified tire mechanic service the tire.

71
LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHARTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Improper service or repair can cause injury or death. If you do not under-
stand the service procedures for this machine, see your dealer or the
service manual for this machine. sco21

GENERAL SAFETY BEFORE YOU SERVICE

Read the safety decals and information Use the correct safety clothing and safety
decals on the machine. Read the opera- equipment. Understand how to use a fire
tors manual and safety manual. Under- extinguisher and first aid kit
stand the operation of the machine
before you start servicing
1?
., .......
-=~
-= 12.=

fil
8770996R

--
0 0
B801147T

■
Before you service the machine , put a Do
Not Operate tag on the instrument panel.
One Do Not Operate tag, is included with
~ -· · · ( 111.. . , ~ .. 1, .

your machine. Additional tags , part

number 321-4614, are available from
your dealer.
878044 9W

72
LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHARTS_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

SUPPORT STRUT FOR LOADER LIFT ARMS

If you service the machine with the loader lift arms raised, always use the
A. suppott strut to block up the loader lift arms. Failure to follow this pro-
Lil cedure can cause serious injury or death if the loader lift arms are lowered
by accident. SA018

Blocking Up the Loader Storing Support Strut

Litt Arms 1. Start the engine and raise the loader
1. Lower the loader lift arms to the lift arms 1 or 2 inches (25 to 55 mm).
ground and stop the engine.
2 Stop the engine and remove the rear
2. Remove the rear pin . pin .
~4\•'' -~ \ / ·:.•.

3. Start the engine and raise the loader 3. Lift the support strut up to the storage
lift arms until the support strut is on the position and install the rear pin.
lift cylinder rod .
2. SUPPORT "'""'""'"' ""7
4. Lower the loader lift arms onto the STRUT IN STORAGE
support strut. Install the rear pin.

4. Lower the loader lift arms to the

ground .

73
LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHARTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

ENGINE HOURMETER
Service your machine at the intervals and The engine hourmeter shows the amount
locations given in the Lubrication/ Main- of actual hours the engine has run. The
tenance Charts. When you service your first number to the right displays tenths of
machine, use only high quality lubricants. an hour and the remaining numbers to
the left display hours. Use the engine
hourmeter along with the Lub-
rication/Maintenance Charts to service
your machine at the correct time periods .

1. ENGINE
HOURMETER

B890713J

74
 LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHARTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS

FUEL TANK
Capacity ..... ... .. ...... ... ... ..... ........ .... .... .. ... .... ........ .. ..... 19.5 U.S. gallons (73.8 litres)

COOLING SYSTEM
Capacity......... .. ....... .. ... ...... ......... .. .......................... 18 U.S. quarts (17 litres)
Specifications .... . .... ........ ... ... .. .... .. .. .. .. ... .... 50% water and 50 % ethylene glycol

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Capacity - System ............................................ ....... 10.5 U S. gallons (39. 7 litres)
Reservoir with filter change ................ .. 6.2 5 U.S. gallons (23. 7 litres)
Reservoir without filter change .... .. ....... ...... 6 U.S. gallons (22.7 litres)
Specifications ................................ ............... Case No. 1 Engine Oil SAE 10W-30
(API Service CE, CD, CC/SG)

WHEN ADDING OIL: When you add oil to the hydraulic reservoir between oil
changes, you must use a mixture of Case HTO additive and SAE 10W-30 engine oil.
Completely mix one U.S. quart of Case HTO additive to 5 U.S. gallons (19 litres) of
10W-30 engine oil (20 to 1 ratio).

WHEN CHANGING OIL: When you change the hydraulic oil, you must add 1.5 U.S.
quarts (1.4 litres) of Case HTO additive (Case part number 817508) .

CHAIN COMPARTMENTS
Capacity - Each side ................... .. .................................. 6 U.S. quarts (5.7 litres)
Specifications .............................. ... .. ... ....... Case No. 1 engine Oil (SAE 10W-30)

BATTERY
Quantity .............. ....... ... .. ... .... ...... .. .... ............. ...... ... .. ............................ As required
Specifications .... .... .... .. .... .. ................. .. .. ... .. .. ... . ...... Drinking or distilled water

GREASE FITTINGS
Quantity.. .... ..... .. .... .... ..... ... ... ... .... .. ... ..... .. ... ................ ............. As required
Specifications .......... .. ... .. ... .. ... ... .. .. ....... .. .... .. ......... .. .... Case moiydisulfide grease

ENGINE CRANKCASE OIL

Capacity - with filter change .... ... ......... .......... ... .. .. .. ..... 11 U.S. quarts (10.4 litres)
Specifications ............... ....... .. ... .. ..... .... .. .. ................ ....... ................. .. See Page 87

NOTE: See Page 108 for moving the ROPS compartment forward.

75
 LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHARTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHART
N FREQUENCY IN HOURS
0

0
p F
A R
G p C G E
E 0 C H C R D p
I L A H E R L
N N E N E A A A
0 T A G C s I C
SERVICE POINTS s N E K E N E
Engine Area 1 AR
91 Air Cleaner (Sec Note 1) 1 AR
71 Wheel Nut Torque 24 AR
105 Hydraulic Filter (Sec Note 2) 1 AR
Fan 13€1t Condition 1 AR
83 D100 Backhoe Pivots (If Equipped) 8 10
84 D1 OOXR Backhoe Pivots (If Equipped 12 10
85 D1 25 Backhoe Pivots (If Equi pped) 22 10
86 Manure Fork Grapple Pivot (If Equipped) 2 10
80 Loader Lift Arm and Bucket Pivots 12 10
82 Case Coupler Wedges 2 10
78 Hydraulic Oil Cooler 1 10
88 Engine Oil Level 1 10
104 Hydraulic Reservoir Oil Level 1 10
96 Engine Coolant Reservoir Fluid Level 1 10
Control Linkages and Scat Bars 50
71 Tire Air Pressure and Tire Condition 4 50
99 First Stage Fuel Filter (Drain Water) 1 50
91 Air Cleaner Dust Valve 1 50 50
11 9 Spark Arreste r Muffler 1 100

NOTE 1: Service the air cleaner if the air cleaner warning lam p is ON.
NOTE 2: Service the hydraulic filter if the hydraulic fi lter warning lamp is ON .
AR - As Required.

76
LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHARTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHART
N FREQUENCY IN HOURS
0

0
p F
A R
G p C G E
E 0 C H C R D p
I L A H E R L
N N E N E A A A
0 T A G C s I C
SERVICE POINTS s N E K E N E
81 Steering ·Cross Shaft 1 .· · 250
81 Control Lock Pivot 1 250
82 Case Coupler Latch Pivots 2 250
81 Loader Cross Shaft Pivot 1 250
89 Engine Oil 1 250
89 Engine Oil Filter 1 250
127 Battery Fluid L evel 1 250
96 Rad iator Coolant Level 1 250
114 Drive Chain (Each Side) 2 250
99 Fuel Filters (Two Filters on Early Product ion) 1 500
120 ROPS 4 500
105 Hydraulic Oil Filter 1 500
107 Chain Compartment Oil (Each Side) 2 500
125 Case Coupler Wedge Spring Ten sion 2 500
99 Fuel Tank (Drain Water) 1 1000
106 Hydraulic Reservoir Oil 1 1000
Engine Valve Clearances (See Note 1) 1000
97 Engine Coolant (Sec Note 2) 2000
92 Air Cleaner Element 2 2000
NOTE 1: Refer to service manual for procedure.

NOTE 2: Every 2000 hours of operation or one time each year wh ichever comes first.

77
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

REAR ACCESS DOOR

'",B876392M

78
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

SYSTEMGARD LUBRICATION ANALYSIS PROGRAM

Ask your Case dealer about our lubricant analysis program, Systemgard. Through
this service , your lubricants are tested in an independent laboratory. You simply
remove a sample of lubricant from your machine and send the sample to the indepen-
dent Systemgard laboratory. After the sample is processed, the laboratory will report
back to you and guide you with maintenance requirements. Systemgard can help
support your equipment up time and provide you with a service that can pay back di-
vidends when you trade for another piece of Case equipment.

8830752T

79
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

GREASE FITTINGS
Loader Lift Arm and Bucket Pivots
Use Case Molydisulfide Grease

LIFT ARM PIVOT (2) LIFT CYLINDER CLOSED END (2)

B890519J

10 HRS

BUCKET CYLINDER ROD END (2) LIFT CYLINDER ROD END (2)
BUCKET PIVOT (2) BUCKET CYLINDER CLOSED END (2)
80
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Machine Control Pivots

Use Case Molydisulfide Grease

250 HRS

STEERING CROSS SHAFT (1) LOADER CROSS SHAFT (1)

B890520J

CONTROL LOCK PIVOT (1) If Equipped)

81
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Case Coupler (If Equipped)

Use Case Molydisulfide Grease

LATCH PIVOTS (2) WEDGES (2)

8890520J

82
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

D100 Backhoe Pivots (If Equipped)

Use Case Molydisulfide Grease

10 HRS 0

84129688S
DIPPER CYLINDER ROD END (1) DIPPER PIVOT (1)
BUCKET CYLINDER (2)

B821070T
8 GREASE FITTINGS

'
~ /

BOOM CYLINDER ROD END (1) DIPPER CYLINDER CLOSED END (1)
BOOM PIVOT (1) BOOM CYLINDER CLOSED END (1)

83
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

01 00XR Backhoe Pivots (If Equipped)

Use Case Molydisulfide Grease

1. STABILIZER PIVOT ... .... .. ... .. ..... ..... .. ... .. .. .. ... ..... ..... .... .. ..... . (2) ONE EACH SIDE
2. LOWER SWING PIVOT .. ..... ...... .... .... .. .................. ... ..... .... ..... ......... .. .... ..... .. ... . (1)
3. UPPER SWING PIVOT .... ........... .... .. ... ...... .............................. .... ... ...... .... ........ (1)
4. DIPPER CYLINDER, CLOSED END .. ........ ........... .... .... .. ... .... .. .... ..... ...... ..... .... (1)
5. BOOM CYLINDER, CLOSED END ...... ...... .. .. .......... ... ....... ....... ... ... ... ... ... ....... . (1)
6. DIPPER PIVOT ...... .. .... ..... .... .... .. ... .... ... .... .... ... ... .... .. .... ..... .... ...... ..... ..... ... ..... .. .. (1)
7. DIPPER CYLINDER, ROD END ....... ...... ........... .... .. .. .... .... .. ... ..... .... ... ... ... ... .... . (1)
8. BUCKET CYLINDER, CLOSED END ...... .. .. .... .... .... ......... ..... .. .... ....... ......... ..... (1)
9. BUCKET CYLINDER, ROD END .. .... .... .. ....... ............ ...... .... .......... ..... ... .. ......... (1)
10. BOOM CYLINDER, ROD END ... ... .. .... .. ..... ..... ..... ..... ...... ........ ... ... ........ .. ... .... (1)
11. BOOM PIVOT ... ... .. .. .. ... ..... .. ........ ..... .. ... ... ... ..... .. .... .. .. ... ... .. .... ... .... .... .. ...... ..... (1)

84
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

D125 Backhoe Pivots (If Equipped)

Use Case Molydisulfide Grease

840§70§ll_M
22 GREASE FITTINGS

1. BUCKET PIVOT AND LINKAGE .. .... ....... .. ... ..... .. 8

2. BUCKET CYLINDER . ..... ....... .. ... .. ... .... ... .... .... ...... .... ...... ........ .. .. .. .... .. ... ... 2
3. DIPPER PIVOT .... . .... ... ........ .. ... .... .... ... ..... ...... ............... .... ......... ...... .... .... .. .... 2
4. DIPPER CYLINDER .... .. . ... .... ... . .. ... . . ... .. ... .. ... .... .. .. .. . .. .... .. . .. .... ... .... . 2
5. BOOM CYLINDER ... ....... ... .. ..... ..... ... ... .... ... .. ... .. .... ..... ... .. ..... .. ....... .. .. ... 2
6. BOOM PIVOT .. .. . . . .. . .. ... ... ... .. ..... .... .... . . .. ... .... . .. ...... 2
7. LOWER SWING PIVOT .. ...... ... .... ...... ... .... ..... ... .... .... .. ... ..... . .. ... .... .... .... .. ...... 1
8. STABILIZERS .. .. .. ...... . ... ... ... .. . ..... ....... ....... .... .... .. ... .... ..... ..... .... ... ... .. . ... 2
9. UPPER SWING PIVOT ... ... .. .... .... . . . . . .. .... .. .. .... . . .. .. ... .1

85
LUBRICATION/FILTEAS/FLUIDS

Manure Fork and Grapple (If Equipped)

Use Case Molydisulfide Grease

86
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

ENGINE LUBRICATION
Engine Oil Selection
Case No. 1 Engine Oil is recommended for use in your Case Engine. Case Engine Oil
will lubricate your engine correctly under all operating conditions.
If Case No. 1 Multi-Viscosity or Single
Viscosity Engine Oil is not available, use
only oil meeting API engine oil service
category CE.

292L91

See the chart below for recommended viscosity at ambient air temperature ranges.

NOTE: Do not put Performance Additives or other oil additive products in the engine
crankcase. The oil change inteNals given in this manual are according to tests with
Case lubricants.
Oil Viscosity/ Temperature Ranges
Temperature Fahrenheit
-40° -20° o· 20° 40• so 0 ao· 1oo· 120·
-30° -1 o· 1o· 30• so· 70° 90• 110°

-34° -23° -12° -1• 1o· 21 • 32• 43•

-40° -29° -1a• -7° 4• 16° 27• 3a 0 49•
Temperature Celsius 1036L0

~ NOTE: Use of an engine oil pan heater or an engine coolant heater is

required when operating temperatures are in the cross-hatched area.
87
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/ FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Engine Service Specifications

Oil Capacity - with Filter Change ..... ... 11 U.S. Quarts (10.4 litres)

Oil Level Check Interval .. .. Every 10 Hours of Operation or One Time Each Day

Oil Change and Fi lter Replacement Interval. .... Every 250 Hours of Operation

Oil Type .. .. .......... .. ..... ..... See Page 87

Engine Oil Level

Check the engine oil level before you start the engine each day or before the start of
each 10 hour shift Always check the oil level with the engine stopped and when the
machine is on level ground. Push the engine oil level dipstick
completely down and puli out before you check the oil level.

If the oil level is below the ADD mark, add oil to raise the oi l level up to the FULL mark.

I
INE
EVEL
K I

84133988G

88
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Oil Change and 3. Turn the oil filter counterclockwise to

Filter Replacement remove . Discard the fi lter.

NOTE: For more complete removal of

foreign material, change the engine oil
while the engine is still warm from opera-
tion.

IMPORTANT: You must shorten the oil

change interval if you use diesel fuel with
a sulphur content of more than 0. 5%.

Change the engine oil more frequently

when the engine operating conditions
arc severe (frequent stopping and
starting and high or low engine tempera- 4. Use a clean cloth and wipe the sealing
tures) . surface of the oil filter base to remove
1. Before draining the oil, have a con- all dirt.
tainer that will hold 3 gallons (11.3
litres). 5 Apply a thin layer of clean grease or oil
to the gasket of the new oi l filter.
2. Remove the engine oil drain plug.
6. Turn the new oil filter onto the base
until the gasket makes contact with
the base Continue to tighten the filter
for 3/4 turn with your hand.

IMPORTANT: Do not use a filter strap

wrench to install the oil filter. An oil filter
strap wrench can cause a leak if the filter
is dented.

89
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/ FLUIDS_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

7. Install the drain plug. 9. Start the eng ine and run at idle speed
Check the engine oil filter for leaks .
8. See Pages 87 and 88 for the correct After two minutes , stop the engine ,
type and quantity of oil. Put new oil wait for 2 or 3 minutes, and check the
into the engine oil fi ll pipe . engine oil level with the dipstick.

Systemgard Lubricant
Analysis Program
The normal engine oil change interval is
every 250 hours of operation. Operating
conditions , quality of the engine oil and
sulphur content of the fuel can change
this interval. It is recommended to use the
Systemgard Lubricant Analysis program.
See your Case dealer.

90
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

AIR FILTER SYSTEM

Service Specifications
Dust Valve Check Interval ... .. .... .. ... .. ... ..... .. .. ........ .... ... ... .... ... 50 Hours of Operation

Air Filter Element Service Interval ... .. Service the Elements if the Warning
Lamp for Air Filter Restriction
Illuminates. See the Following:

1. The shelf life of a new air filter element

is five years, do not install a new
element that is more than five years
old. The date of manufacture is on the
end of the cap of the filter element.

2. Replace both filter elements after one

year in the machine.

3. Do not remove the filter elements from

the machine to check for restriction ,
always follow the recommended
service instructions in this section

4. Each time you service the air filter

system , make sure all hose connec-
tions are tight Replace all damaged
parts.

Dust Valve
Check the dust valve and make sure
there are no obstructions inside the
valve.
Replace dust valve if lips are worn.

91
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Warning Lamp for 2 Remove the wing nut and carefully

remove the primary (outer) element.
Air Filter Restriction
You must service the air filter clements if
the air filter warning lamp illuminates
when the engine is running. It is recom-
mended that you service the elements at
the end of the day or at the end of your
shift.

_____ ..,- ···-·· ---- ~-

IMPORTANT: Always use a bright lamp
1. AIR FILTER to inspect a cleaned or new primary
WARNING LAMP (outer) filter element before installation
into the machine

Primary Element - Outer

Replace the primary (outer) element after
three washings or after the element has
been in the machine for one year.

1. Loosen the wing nut on the end cover

of the air filter end cap and remove the
end cap. Clean the inside of the end
cap with a damp cloth

92
LUBR ICATION/ FILTERS/ FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

3. Use a clean damp cloth and clean the 2. Remove the wing nut and remove the
inside of the filter body. secondary (inner) clement.

4. Instal l a clean or new primary (outer)

cle ment. Make sure the clement has
full gasket contact before you tighten
the wing nut.

5. Install the end cover Rotate the end

cover so that the dust valve is at the
bottom as shown on Page 91.

6. Tighten the wing nut on the end cover

clamp .

7. Start the engine , run at full throttle and

check the air fi lter warning lamp . If the 3. Use a clean damp cloth and clean the
lamp is stili illum inated, replace the inside of the filter body.
secondary (inner) element.

Secondary Elemennt - Inner

Replace the secondary (inner) element
(1) after the primary (outer) clement has
been cleaned three times , (2) after one
year in the machine. or (3) after the
primary (outer) clement has been
cleaned or replaced and the air filter
warning lamp is still ON with the engine
running at full thrott le. Do not clean this
clement.
4. Install a new secondary (inner)
1. Remove the end cover and remove element. Make sure the element has
the primary (outer) element. full gasket contact before you tighten
the wing nui

5. Instal l a clean or new primary (outer)

clement. Make sure the element has
ful l gasket contact before you tighten
the wing nut.

6. Install the end cover. Rotate the end

cover so that the dust valve is at the
bottom as shown on Page 91.

7. Tighten the wing nut on the end cover

clamp
93
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Cleaning the Element

Check the dirty element for damage and 4. Use a water hose without a nozzle with
check the rubber seal on the end. Push pressure less than 40 psi (275 kPa,
the rubber seal with your finger. If the 2 8 bar) to remove all soap from the
rubber seal feels hard and does not element.
move back to original shape , discard
the element.

1. Remove the loose dirt with com-

pressed air at 30 psi (207 kPa, 2.1
bar) maximum. Hold the nozzle at
least one inch (25 mm) from the
element.

CA5002J
5. Allow the element to air dry. If you use
a drier, do not exceed 160°F (71 °C)
and make sure the air is circulating in
the drier.

6. Use a light and inspect the element

for holes or splits in the pleats. Check
CA5000J for damage to the metal parts and
2. Mix two tablespoons of 01400 de- rubber gasket. Replace the element if
tergent (Case part number A40910) damaged.
with two gallons (7.5 litres) of water,
one cup for 16 gallons (60 litres) of
water.

3. Soak the element in the soap solution

for 15 to 20 minutes and then move
the element up and down rapid ly to
loosen as much dirt as possible.

CA5003J

NOTE: If the element is not to be used

for some time, cover the element with
paper for storage.

CA5001J

94
LUBRICATION/ FILTERS/ FLUIDS_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Service Specifications
Coolant Capacity .... .. .... ..... ..... .. ... .. ..... ... .............. .. ... ..... .. . 18 U.S. quarts (17 litres)

Reservoir Coolant Level Check Interval ..... .. ... ... ..... ..... Every 10 hours of operation

Radiator Coolant Level Check Interval .... .. ..... .... ..... .. Every 250 hours of operation

Check and Tighten Coolant Hose Clamps . ... .. .... Every 250 hours of operation

Coolant System Change Interval .... ... ..... ..... ............ Every 2000 hours of operation
(or once every year)

Thermostat .... . .. .. ..... ... ...... 181 °F to 203°F (83 to 95°C)

Radiator Cap . .. 15 PSI (103 kPa)

Coolant Solution
A mixture of 50% ethylene glycol and 50% water must be us!:;d in this machine. This
mixture is used if the lowest ambient temperature is above -34°F (-37°C) If the
ambient temperature is lower, adjust the mixture. It is recommended that ethylene
glycol and water be used in your machine all year.

NOTE: After you fill the cooling system, mix the ethylene glycol and water completely
by running the engine at operating temperature for approximately five minutes. This
procedure must be done when the machine is in temperatures below 32°F (0° C).

Hot coolant can spray out if radiator cap is removed. To remove radiator
cap:
Let system cool, turn to first notch, then wait until all pressure is released.

Scalding can result from fast removal of radiator cap.

Check and service engine cooling system according to maintenance in-
structions. SA023

95
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Coolant Levels
Coolant ReseNoir Radiator Fluid Level
Fluid Level ......

Check the radiator coolant level when the

coolant is cold and the engine is
Check the coolant reservoir fluid level stopped. Open the rear door and remove
when the coolant is cold and the engine the radiator cap. The coolant level must
is stopped Do not remove the radiator be up to the radiator cap opening .
cap during this check The coolant level
must be between the FULL and ADD NOTE : If the radiator coolant level is low
marks on the reservoir. Add coolant as and the coolant reseNoir level is at the
required to raise the coolant level up to FULL mark, check for air leaks in the hose
the FULL mark. betvveen the radiator and coolant reser-
voir
IMPORTANT: Only add the correct
mixture of ethylene glycol and water to the IMPORTANT: Only add the correct
reseNoir. mixture of ethylene glycol and water to the
radiator

96
LUBRICATION/ FILTERS/ FLUIDS,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Cleaning Cooling System

Drain , flush , and refil l the eng ine coolant 5. Check the hoses , elbows , and water
every 2000 hours of operation or each pump for leaks.
year, whichever occurs first. Clean the
system and replace the coo lant if the 6. Make sure that the outside of the
coolant becomes dirty or has the color of engine and radiator is clean.
rust.
DO NOT remove the radiator cap if the 7 Fil l the coo ling system until the
coolant is hot. coolant level is up to the top of the
radiator opening.
1. Open the radiator drain valve and
remove the radiator cap. 8 Fill the coo lant reservo ir up to the
FULL mark on the reservoir.
2. After all coolant is removed , close the
drain valve. 9. Start the engine and increase the tem-
perature of the engine coolant. When
3. Add cleaning solution to the cooling the coolant is at operating tem -
system and fi ll the cool ing system with perature, stop the engine and al low to
clean water . Follow the directions cool. Check the coolant level at the
included with the cleaning solution . cool ant reservoir only . Do not remove
the rad iator cap .
4. After you drain the cleaning solution ,
fl ush with clean water .

A19219

97
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM

Service Specifications
Fuel tank capacity... ........ ................ 19.5 U S gallons (73.8 litres)
Interval for draining water from first stage fuel filter .. ....... ........... ......... ... .. 50 hours
Interval for replacing both fuel filters ... ...... 500 hours
Interval for draining water from the fuel tank. . .. .... . .. .... 1000 hours

Fuel Conditioner
Diesel Fuel Conditioner is available from your Case dealer. Follow the instructions on
the can. The conditioner will:
1. Clean the fuel injectors, valves and man ifold for increased service life.

2. Disperse insoluble gummy deposits that can form in the fuel system.

3. Separate moisture from the fuel.

4. Stabil ize the fue l in storage.

Single Fuel Filter

Late production machines have one fuel
filter . Service this filter the same as you UCTIO
do the dual fi lters. E

98
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Fuel Tank Draining Water from the

Fill the fue l tank at the end of each day or Fuel Tank
at the end of each shift This will help Put a drain pan under the machine and
prevent condensation of water in the fuel loosen the fuel tank drain plug After all
tank. Always keep the area around the water is removed , tighten the drain plug .
fuel cap clean.
NOTE: If a large amount of water is
removed, check your fuel storage tank or
check with your fuel supplier.

I .EE:::
i,, ;;:::
J ··-·......•"'..
--..
,,,.:•·- ·

---··;.t;wr·-·-·
:::-:>

Draining Water from the

Fuel System
To check for water, loosen the water
drain valve on the bottom of the first Replacing the Fuel Filters
stage fuel filter. If a large amount of water
is found, drain water from the fuel tank. Replace both fuel filters every 500 hours
of operation or if you see a large amount
of black smoke coming from the exhaust
pipe.

1. Turn the fuel shutoff valve completely

clockwise to OFF.

14O288S

99
LUBRICATION/ FILTERS/ FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

2. Clean the area around the filte rs . 6. Apply clean engine oil to the new
rubber seals .
3. Use a strap wrench and turn each fi lter
counterclockwise to remove.

•: .)J , ..-: :

7. Install the rubber seals on the filter

B41411.• head studs.
4. Remove the two rubber seals from the
spuds on the filter head.

5. Use a cloth and clean the gasket

surfaces of the filter body.

100
 LUBRICATION/ FILTERS/ FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

8. App ly clean oil to the gasket of each 10. Turn the fuel shutoff valve com-
new filter. Do not fill the new filters with pletely counterclockwise to ON.
fuel before installation.

11. Fill the tank with fuel and bleed the air
9. Turn each filter clockwise onto the from the fuel system. See the topic
filter body until the filter gasket makes Removing Air from the Fuel System.
contact with the filter body. Continue
to tighten each filter with your hand for
1/2 to 3/4 turn.

IMPORTANT: Do not use a tilter strap

wrench to tighten the tilters. You can
cause a leak it the tilter is dented with the
wrench.

101
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Removing Air from the Fuel System

You must remove air from the fuel system 3. Actuate the hand primer pump lever
if (1) the fuel tank is empty, (2) parts in the up and down. When you see air free
fuel system are removed for service , or fuel , tighten the air removal screw.
(3) the machine is kept in storage tor
three months or more.

1. Fill- the fue l tank and make sure the

shutoff valve at the bottom of the fuel
tank is turned completely counter-
clockwise (open) .

2. Loosen the air removal screw on the

intake manifold 2 to 3 turns.

4. Turn the key switch to ON.

5. Loosen the air removal screw on the
injection pump 2 or 3 turns.

6. Actuate the hand primer pump. When

you see air free fuel , tighten the air
removal screw.

7. Loosen the return line nut on the top of

the injection pump.

8. Actuate the hand primer pump. When

you see air free fuel , tighten the return
line nut.

9. Put the hand primer lever in the up

STORAGE position .

10. Start the engine and check for fuel

leaks around the filters and lines.
102
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Service Specifications
Hydraulic Reservoir Refill Capacity

with filter change .... 6.25 US gallons (23. 7 litres)

without filter change .... ..... .. ... ..... .. .. .. . .. .. .. ... . .. ..... .... 6 U.S. gallons (22. 7 litres)

Total Hydraulic System Capacity ...... ........ ......... .... ... 10.5 U.S gallons (39.7 litres)

Type of Fluid .... ... . .. ..... ... ... ..... .................. .. ... Case No. 1 engine oil - SAE 10W-30
mixed with Case HTO additive

Alternate Fluid . ...... . . .... ... ... ......... None

When you change the hydraulic oil, you must add 1.5 U.S. quarts (1.4 litres) of Case
HTO additive (Hydrostatic Transmission Oil Additive) Case part number 817508.

IMPORTANT: When you add oil to the hydraulic reservoir between oil changes, you
must use a mixture of Case HTO additive and SAE 10W-30 engine oil. Completely mix
one US. quart of Case HTO additive to five U,S. gallons (19 litres) of SAE 1OW-30
engine oil (20 to 1 ratio).

Fluid Level Check Interval ... ... ..... . ..... .. .. .. .. .. .. ... ... . .. .... .. ...... 10 hours

Filter Replacement Interval .... Replace the hydraulic filter if the Warning Lamp
for Hydraulic Filter illuminates , Every 500 Hours
of Operation , or if a component such as a cylinder,
hydrostatic pump/motor, etc. is replaced

Hydraulic Fluid Change Interval .. 1000 hours

103
 LUBRICATION/ FILTERS/FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Oil Level
Park the machine on a level surface and 3. Remove the fi ller cap.
put the bucket on the ground when you • •;;;
check the oil level or drain the reservoir .
4. FILLER CAP
The oil leve l in the sight gauge must be
between the FULL and ADD marks.

It is normal for the oil level in the sight

gauge to be centered between the FULL
and the ADD marks when the loader
arms are down and the bucket is flat on
the ground.

4 . Add oil to the reservoir until the oil level

in the sight gauge is at the FULL mark .

IMPORTANT: When you add oil to the

hydraulic reservoir, you must use a
mixture of Case HTO additive and Case
No. 1 engine oil (SAE JOW-30). Com-
pletely m,x one quart of Case HTO
additive to five US gallons (19 litres) of
SAE 10W-30 oil (20 to 1 ratio).

Do the following if you need to add oil to 5. Install the til ler cap
the reservoir.

1. Clean the filler cap and the area

around the fille r cap with cleaning
solvent.

3 Turn the filler cap 1/2 tu rn to relieve air

pressure from the reservoir. Do not
remove the filler cap

NOTE: Ea rly production filler caps have a

button. Push the button on the filler cap to
relieve air pressure from the reservoir.

104
LUBRICATION/ FILTERS/ FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Checking the Filter 2. Clean the area around the filler cap
and hydraulic filter with cleaning
Condition
solvent.
1. Start the engine and raise the tempe-
rature of the hydraulic oil to operating
temperatu re (the side of the hydraulic HYDRAUUC •0 » ...
r!l A.Ill) ••_;:.·"
oil reservoir will feel very warm ). To 1. HYDRAULIC ~
increase the temperature of the oil do FILTER
the fol lowing :
a. Increase the engine speed to full
th rott le, roll back the loader
bucket, and hold the control
lever in this position for 5
seconds

b After 5 seconds , move the

control lever to the NEUTRAL
position for 10 seconds . 3. Turn the filler cap 1/2 turn to relieve air
pressure from the reservoi r. Do not
c. Repeat this procedure until the remove the filler cap.
side of the hydraulic reservoir
feels very warm. NOTE: Early production filler caps have
a button. Push the button on the filler cap
2. Run the engine at full throttle . If the to relieve air pressure from the reservoir.
hydraulic filter warning lamp illumin-
4. Turn the fi lter counterclockwise and
ates . replace the fi lter .
remove the hydraulic fi lter
1. HYDRAULIC FILTER
WARNING LAMP 5 Apply a thin layer of clean grease or oil
on the O-ring on the new hydraulic
filter.
=~==
, ..... , s, ........ G ., 6. Install the filter. Use your hands to
• ~~6 l"l ydl,Jt.,, E"9O,I E~l•"'P 6otte,, tighten the filter 1/2 turn after the filter
L..,..,i No,,..0 1 0 O-ring touches the fi lter head. DO
NOT use a strap wrench to tighten the
filter
B890714J
7. Start the engine and run the engine at
idle for approximately 1 minute .
Replacing the Filter
8. Stop the engine.
1. Lower the bucket (tool) to the ground
and stop the engine .
9. Check for leaks at the fi lter.

10. See Page 104 and check the oil level

for the reservoir .
105
LUBRICATION/ FILTERS/FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Oil Change
If possible , drain the reservoir when the 6. Install the drain plug.
oil is warm .
7. Replace the filter.
1. Lower the bucket (tool) to the ground
and stop the engine. 8. Refill the reservoir , sec Service Speci-
fications, Page 98 .
2. Clean the area around the filler cap
and hydraulic filter with cleaning 9. Install the filler cap .
solvent.
10. Start the engine . Run the engine at
3. Turn cap 1/2 turn to relieve air low idle for approximately 2 minutes
pressure from the reservoir.
11. Stop the engine.
NOTE: Early production filler caps have a
button. Push the button on the filler cap to 12. Check for leaks at the fi lter.
relieve air pressure from the reseNoir.
13. Sec Page 104 and check the oil level.
4. Remove the filler cap

5. Remove the drain plug and drain the

reservoir . The reservoir capacity is 6
gallons (22 .7 litres)

Hydraulic fluid or grease injected into your skin can cause severe injury or
death. Keep your hands and body away from any pressurized leak. If fluid
is injected into your skin, see a doctor immediately and have the fluid
removed. SA024

106
LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

DRIVE CHAIN COMPARTMENT

Service Specifications
Drive Chain Compartment Oil Capacity (each side) ........... 6 U.S. quarts (5. 7 litres)

Type of Oil .................... .... ...... ... .... .. .... .. ... .. ..... Case No. 1 engine oil - SAE 10W-30

Oil Change Interval (each side) ............... ... ... .. .... .... ... ... .. ... .. .. .. .... .... .. .. ..... 500 Hours

Oil Level
1. Park the machine on a level surface. 3. When full, the oil level is at the bottom
of the plug hole.
2. Remove the oil level and fill plugs.

Oil Change
1. Clean the area around the two fill 3. After the oil has been removed, clean
plugs and remove the oil level and fill each compartment with solvent.
plugs.
4. Install the drain plugs and put in new
2. Remove the drain plug from each oil.
compartment. Both plugs are located
at the rear. Raise the front of the 5. Install the oil level and fill plugs.
machine to aid draining.

107
MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

MOVING THE OPERATORS

COMPARTMENT FORWARD
1. Lower the !oader lift arms to the 6. Remove the ROPS mounting bolts
ground and stop the engine. from the rear of the machine.

2. Remove the pin from the support

strut.
3. Start the engine and raise the loader
lift arms until the support strut is on the
lift cylinder rod.

4. Lower the loader lift arms onto the

support strut. Install the rear pin.

7. Remove the self-locking nuts and

bolts that fasten the guard to the
frame on each side .

5. Loosen the seat plate knob and

remove the seat from the machine.

NOTE: Machines with loader control foot

pedals: disconnect the linkage and
remove the foot pedals and plate.
Remove the two links between the foot
pedals to cross shaft. (If equipped) dis-
connect the attachment hydraulic control
linkage from the right control lever.
84130988S

108
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

8. If the machine is equipped with an 13. Disconnect the two control rods from
auxiliary contro! valve, do steps 7 the bellcranks.
through 9.

9. Disconnect the linkage from the

pedal.

B4134988S
14. Disconnect the throttle rod from the
throttle lever. Push the sleeve on the
socket to the rear and remove the
B4132888S socket from the pin.
10. Remove the floor plaie.

11. Move the linkage so the linkage is

below the level of the floor plate.

12. Disconnect the wiring harness at

four places.

NOTE: If the machine is equipped with a

hi-flow hydraulic system. the electrical
control harness must be disconnected.
To locate the connectors, follow the
harness down from the control switch on
the left steering handle.
109
MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

15. Disconnect the cable from each 17. Carefully pull the operators compart-
spring on each side. ment forward .

16. Disconnect the two control rods from

the control valve.

110
MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

MOVING THE OPERATORS COMPARTMENT

INTO THE OPERATING POSITION
1. Push the operators compartment to 7. Connect the throttle rod to the throttle
the rear. lever.

2. Install the bolts and lock washers that 8. Connect the control rods for the
fasten the rear of the ROPS canopy to piston pumps to the bellcranks.
the frame. Do not tighten the bolts
now. 9. Connect the wiring harness.

3. Install the bolts , flat washers and lock NOTE: If the machine is equipped with a
nuts that fasten the guard to the hi-flow hydraulic system, connect the
frame. Tighten these bolts to a torque control harness.
of 80 to 96 pound-feet (109 to 130
Nm). 10. If your machine is equipped with
auxiliary hydraulics, reconnect the
4. Tighten the two rear ROPS mounting linkage to the pedal.
bolts to a torque of 40 to 50 pound-
feet (54 to 68 Nm).
11. Install the floor plate and install the
5. Connect the linkage to the spools of seat. Tighten the seat mounting plate
the control valve. knob

6. Connect the cables to the two 12. Start the engine and test the steering
springs. and loader controls for correct
operation. See Pages 112 or 113
See the service manual for this
machine if you have a problem or
see your Case dealer.

111
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

TESTING THE SEAT BARS

P.I.N. JAF0103652 and After
After disassembly of parts from the seat
bars or each day, test the seat bars and
loader controls for correct operation.

When in the UP position, the seat bars

prevent forward/rearward movement of
the machine and also prevent movement
-~
of the loader lift arms and bucket ~® 2. ROD

Lock for Loader Controls

~'al
1. Sit in the operators seat and fasten the
seat belt. . COLLAR

2. Start the engine and make sure the 4. LOCK

seat bars are up. PLATE

3. Move the lift arm control to raise or

lower the loader lift arms. If the loader
lift arms move up or down do the fol-
lowing:
)1~
5. LUGS ~
4. Lower the lift arms completely and
42L93
stop the engine.
11. Make sure the lock plate can pivot
5. Remove the seat. freely. Install the seat.

6. Make sure the seat bars are up. 12. Do steps 1, 2 and 3 to check the ad-
justment.
7. Make sure the lugs are aligned
together and that the lock plate has
Lock for
engaged the lugs. You must adjust
the control linkage so the lugs are in Machine Movement
the back position of the cutout in the 1. Sit in the operators seat and fasten the
lock plate. seat belt.

8 Move the seat bars to the down posi- 2. With the engine running, raise the seat
tion. bars and try to drive the machine
forward or rearward. The parking latch
9 Locate collar to hold lock plate high pins will engage automatically on both
enough to allow the lugs to move sides. After the pins are engaged the
freely. machine must not move.
10. Tighten the two set screws in the 3. If the machine moves, see the service
collar. manual for this machine or see your
Case dealer.
112
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

TESTING THE SEAT BARS

Prior to P.I.N. JAF0100497
After disassembly of parts from the seat
bars or each day, test the seat bars and
loader controls for correct operation.
When in the UP position, the seat bars
prevent forward/rearward movement of
the machine and also prevent movement
of the loader lift arms and bucket.

Lock for Loader Controls

1. Sit in the operators seat and fasten the
seat belt.

2. Start the engine and make sure the

seat bars are up.

3. Move the lift arm control to raise or

lower the loader lift arms. If the loader
lift arms move up or down do the fol-
lowing
27L93
4. Lower the lift arms completely and
stop the engine. 11. Make sure the lock plate can pivot
freely. Install the seat.
5. Remove the seat.
12. Do steps 1, 2, and 3 to check the ad-
6. Make sure the seat bars are up. justment.

7. Make sure the lugs are aligned Lock for Machine

together and that the lock plate has
engaged the lugs. You must adjust Movement
the control linkage so the lugs are in 1. Sit in the operators seat and fasten the
the back position of the cutout in the seat belt.
lock plate.
2. With the engine running, raise the seat
8 The cable stop must be 1/4 inch (6 bars and try to drive the machine
mm) below the lock plate. If it is not, forward or rearward. The parking latch
loosen the cable stop and adjust. pins will engage automatically on both
sides. After the pins are engaged the
9. Tighten the cable stop. machine must not move.
10. Lubricate the lock plate pivot grease 3. If the machine moves, see the service
fitting. manual for this machine or see your
case Dealer.
113
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

DRIVE CHAINS
Checking the Drive Chain Tension
You must check the tension of the four Early Poduction :
drive chains after the first 20 hours of ··-~
operation on a new machine or new 1. INSPECTION •
chains. Then , check the tension after COVER· ONE
EACH SIDE
every 250 hours of operation.

1. Lower the loader bucket to the ground

and stop the engine.

2. Clean the area around the inspection

covers on each side of the machine.
Remove the inspection covers .

Late Poduction: IMPORTANT: Before you check the

tension, you must tighten the bottom
strand of each chain. You can use the
starter motor to do this. Prevent the
engine from starting.

3. Disconnect the wire connector from

the injection pump solenoid .

&1. REAR
J: INSPECT!
f COVER .

4. Sit in the operators seat and pull the

seat bars down .

5. Push both steering control levers

forward and actuate the starter motor
for one second. The machine will
move a short distance forward without
starting the engine

6. Release the seat bars and check the

tension of the two front drive chains
114
MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

7. Check the top strand of each front 10. Check the top strand of each rear
chain (at the middle between each chain (at the middle between each
sprocket) . Push down and pull up sprocket). Push down and pull up
using approximately 5 pounds (2.3 using approximately 5 pounds (2 .3
kg) force. The total deflection must be kg) force. The total deflection must
3/8 to 1/2 inch (10 to 13 mm). be 3/8 to 1/2 inch (10 to 13 mm).

8. Go back to the operators seat and pull NOTE: See Page 116 if the chain tension
the seat bars down. is not correct.

9. Pull both steering control levers 11. Install the inspection covers.
rearward and actuate the starter
motor for one second. The machine 12. Connect the wire to the fuel injection
will move a short distance rearward pump.
without starting the engine.

<• •
.. • • • •
• •• •
~

..,. •

115
MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Adjusting the Drive Chains

1. Lower the bucket to the ground and stop the engine.

2. Clean the area around the inspection covers and each axle housing .

3. Use a jack or hoist and lift the machine. Install blocks under the machine as shown .
Remove the wheels

4. Remove the inspection covers.

2. EARLY
PRODUCTION
INSPECTION
COVER

- - - - l - - ·l!rn

5. Loosen the axle mounting nuts so the

axle is free to move forward or rear-
ward .

116
MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

6. Use the chain adjusting bolts to move 10. Slowly push the steering control
the axle housing away from the drive forward to turn the axles for a period
sprocket until the chains are too tight of 45 seconds. Slowly pull the
to let the axle housing move any steering controls rearward to turn the
farther. axles in reverse for a period of 45
seconds. Stop the engine.
7. Tighten the six axle mounting nuts for
each axle housing to a torque of 5 11 . Get out of the machine, push the
pound-feet (7 Nm). seat bars down, and check the chain
tension for each chain . See steps 7
and 10 on Page 115.

12. Tighten the axle adjusting bolt just

tight enough to hold the axle housing
in place. Tighten the lock nut.

13. Tighten the six axle housing mount-

ing nuts on each axle to a torque of
80 to 90 pound-feet (108 to 122 Nm).

8. Loosen the chain adjusting bolts until

there is approximately 1/4 inch (6 mm)
clearance between the end of the ad-
justing bolt and the axle housing.

14. Adjust the other three drive chains

using the same procedure as in
steps 5 through 13.

15. Install the inspection covers.

16. Install the four wheels and tighten the

9. Sit in the operators seat, pull the seat wheel nuts to a torque of 115 to 125
bars down , and start the engine. pound-feet (155 to 170 Nm).

17. Remove the blocks from under the

machine.

117
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

STEERING LEVER ADJUSTMENT

This procedure is an external adjustment
of the steering control levers. Sit in the 4. Adjust the left steering lever the same
operators seat when adjusting the levers . as the right steering lever.

1. With the engine stopped, loosen the 5. Start the engine and drive the
four lock nuts on the adjusting screws machine to a clear open area with a
and turn the four adjusting screws 4 or level surface. Make sure all persons
5 turns counterclockwise to remove are away from your machine.
all adjustment.
6. Decrease the engine speed to about
3/4 throttle and drive forward with both
steering controls pushed completely
forward. Stop the machine .

2. ADJUSTIN a. If the machine turned to the left ,

._ 'Jiif 2. ADJUS
turn the upper right adjusting
screw clockwise until the
machine drives in a straight line.

b. If the machine turned to the

SCA
\L.o;;._ ., -~· right, turn the upper left ad-
.-:-:,: 1:;,;,,::;:: ~: ~:;:i~
: ::.:;: :::= justing screw clockwise until the
machine drives in a straight line.

c. Tighten the lock nut on both

upper adjusting screws.

7. Drive the machine in reverse with both

steering controls pushed completely
rearward. Stop the machine.

a. If the machine turned to the left,

turn the lower right adjusting
screw clockwise until the
machine drives in a straight line.
2. Push the right steering lever com-
pletely forward and hold. Turn the b. If the machine turned to the
upper right adjusting screw clockwise right, turn the lower left adjusting
until it just touches the lever. screw clockwise until the
machine drives in a straight line.
3. Pull the right steering lever completely
rearward and hold. Turn the lower c. Tighten the lock nut· on both
right adjusting screw clockwise until it lower adjusting screws .
just touches the lever.

118
MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

MAINTENANCE OF THE SEAT BELT

1. Check the seat belt for damage every 3. Keep the seat belt clean. Use only
500 hours of operation . Replace all soap and water to wash the seat belt.
parts that are damaged. Dye or other compounds can cause
damage to the seat belt.
2. Make sure that the mounting bolts of
the seat belt are tight . See Pages 123
and 124 in this manual.

SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER

The spark arrester is not intended to be used in closed areas where there
is dust or vapor that can cause an explosion. SB025

Clean the spark arrester muffler after 4. Leave the operator protection bars up
every 100 hours of operation . Use the fol- during this procedure.
lowing procedure.
5. Turn the key to START for 30 seconds
1. Remove the pipe plug from the spark while the other person is holding the
arrester muffler. This pipe plug is block of wood over the outlet pipe of
made of brass; if a new pipe plug is the spark arrester muffler. Turn the
needed, the new pipe plug MUST be key to OFF .
made of brass .
6. Install the pipe plug in the spark
2. Have another person available to hold arrester muffler.
a block of wood over the outlet pipe of
the spark arrester muffler. 7. Connect the wire to the injection
pump.
3. Prevent the engine from starting by
disconnecting the wire from the injec-
tion pump solenoid.

119
MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE

Your machine has a roll-over protective structure (ROPS) which is also certified for
falling object protection (FOPS). A ROPS label is fastened to the structure. The ROPS
label shows the serial number of the ROPS, gross weight , approval , regulation , and
model numbers of the machine.

ROPS Canopy Label

M¥1Ulac!u•tldlnUSA By e TYPE-CERTr,1CAT1ON FOR
~.lE~ - _,:-® ROLLO VER
PROTECTI VE STR U CTURES
Racine.Wisconsin 53404 US A

• •o• ..... 1 C•OU

i-----------~¥•;;.,.<-•.;,;."..;;~'.;;_'<•_•- - - - - - - - f
••••o~,.,
,..Oll(TIO.. loHO•ou1 ... , ..,. •Ol'J

::=:d~
:-:~;.~: :•,.~u:::u~~u::~
o• .. ,., ,., ..
-,,-.,,-.¥-._,-,,-,.-.,.-.,-,_ _ _ _.....,__•vY_.,_•- - - - - - - - - t :::,;:~~:::,o::•~:~ :!:. ~::
,..,...,,c-r ro ..,,.,,,.

.. , .. i u •11) ,., ACC O•oa-.c1 _,.,

D125404

Seat Belt Maintenance and

Inspection of ROPS
The seat belt is an important part of your
ROPS. You must wear the seat belt at all After the first 20 hours of operation and
times when you operate the machine. after every 500 hours of operation , do the
following:
Before you operate this machine , always
make sure that the ROPS and operator 's 1 . Check the torque of the ROPS
seat belts are correctly installed . mounting bolts , If necessary, tighten
the bolts to the correct torque. See
Page 122

2 Check the operators seat and thE:

mounting parts for the seat belt.
Tighten the bolts to the correct torque.
See Page 123 or 124. Replace parts
that have wear or damage.

3. Check for cracks, rust, or holes in the

ROPS and ROPS parts. Age, weather ,
and accidents can cause damage to
the ROPS and ROPS parts. If you have
any doubt about the ROPS system ,
see your Case dealer.

120
MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Damage to the ROPS

If the machine has rolled over or the b. Operator's seat.
ROPS has been in some other type of
accident (such as hitting an overhead c. Seat belt mounting bolts and seat
object during transport) , you must belt.
replace the damaged ROPS compon-
ents to get as much protection as you Before you operate the machine , replace
had originally. al l ROPS components that are damaged.

After an accident, check the following for See the parts catalog or your Case dealer
damage. for components that are replaceable .

a. ROPS canopy and side screens ..

DO NOT TRY TO WELD OR
STRAIGHTEN THE ROPS.

Do not modify ROPS in any manner. Unauthorized modifications such as

welding, drilling, cutting or adding attachments can weaken the structure
and reduce your protection. Replace ROPS if subjected to roll-over or
damage. Do not attempt to repair. S8026

If you operate this machine without a ROPS and the machine rolls over,
_& you can be injured or killed. Remove the ROPS only for service or re-
• placement. Do not operate this machine with the ROPS removed.
SA027

IA Adding additional weight (attachments, etc). to the machine can cause

~ injury or death. Do not exceed the gross weight printed on the ROPS
label. SA028

Improper ROPS inspection or maintenance can cause injury or death. Do

the recommended ROPS inspection shown in this manual. If you must
replace the ROPS, ROPS parts, or ROPS mounting hardware, use only the
replacement parts shown in the Case parts catalog for this machine.
SA029

Always fasten the seat belt and pull both seat bars down before you start
.& the engine. Make sure the buckle for the seat belt is fastened correctly.
SA030

121
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Torque Specifications for ROPS

1·. TIGHTEN TO 80 TO 96 POUND-FEET (109 TO 130 Nm)

2. TIGHTEN TO 35 TO 42 POUND-FEET (48 TO 57 Nm)
3. TIGHTEN TO 40 TO 50 POUND-FEET (54 TO 68 Nm)
4. UPPER ROPS STRUCTURE
5. LOWER ROPS STRUCTURE

122
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Torque Specifications for Standard Seat

and Seat Belt

~ "
.t

/
'f ~ b" :
y~ t

I ;._..
-
/
I

.,
;.,
,,
. -r-:.-.-.. . ~
( ·-
,¢9
-

B89040 1J

1. TIGHTEN TO 17 TO 21 POUND-FEET (23 TO 28 Nm)

2. TIGHTEN TO 80 TO 96 POUND-FEET (109 TO 130 Nm)

123
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Torque Specifications for Deluxe Seat and Seat Belts

'
·.-. __ i>:.-._~
!'",

8890402J

1. TIGlriTEN TO 17 TO 21 POUND-FEET (23 TO 28 Nm)

2. TIGHTEN TO 35 TO 42 POUND-FEET (48 TO 57 Nm)
3. TIGHTEN TO 80 TO 96 POUND-FEET {109 TO 130 Nm)

124
MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

CASE MECHANICAL COUPLER

Coupler Attachment Fit-Up
1. Mount the attachment to the coupler 1. ATTACHMENT
and engage the locking wedges

2. Raise the attachment enough to allow

measuring the distance between the
\ i~JI~b
i
I TI
~ ,

y
bottom of the coupler and the lower ' I
angle bracket of the attachment. i I

NOTE: Block the loader arms while the l/ o \

attachment is raised. ' ~
3. If the measurement is greater than
jP\_/\
0.375 INCH 2. COUPLER
0.375 inch (9.53 mm) see your Case (953 mm)
dealer. 257193

Wedge Adjustment
Check and adjust the locking wedges
every 500 hours of operation .

1. Move the hand lever to the point

where the hand lever goes through the
over center position . With the hand
lever in this position the spri ng should
be fully compressed . If the spring is
not fully compressed do the following:

a. Remove the attachment.

b. Remove the nut and disas-

semble the yoke rod from the
trunnion .

c. Add washers between the

trunnion and the spring .

d. Assemble the yoke rod and

trunnion and replace the nut. 256L93

e. Mount the attachment and move NOTE: If the hand lever will not move
the hand lever to the over center through the over center position, remove
position and inspect the spring . washers so that the over center position
can be achieved again.

125
 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

BATTERY SERVICE
Battery acid causes severe burns. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid
contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Antidote - EXTERNAL: flush with water.
INTERNAL: drink large quantities of water or milk. Follow with milk of mag-
nesia, beaten egg or vegetable oil. Call physician immediately. EYES:
flush with water for 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention.
S8032

When the battery electrolyte is frozen, the battery can explode if, (1) you try

& to charge the battery, or (2) you try to jump start and run the engine. To
prevent the battery electrolyte from freezing, try to keep the battery at full
charge. If you do not follow these instructions, you or others in the area
can be injured. SA033

Sparks or flame can cause hydrogen gas in a battery to explode. To

prevent an explosion, do the following:
1. When you disconnect the battery cables, always disconnect the
negative (1) battery cable first.
2. When you connect the battery cables, always connect the negative (-)
cable last.
3. Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal items.
4. Do not weld, grind, or smoke near a battery. SB034

NOTE: The electrical system in this Bef9re you use an electric welder, dis-
machine is 12 volts. connect the alternator wires.

Before you service components of the Do not use a steam cleaner or cleaning
electrical system , always disconnect the solvent to clean the alternator .
negative (-) battery cable.

Do not run the engine with the battery

cables disconnected or with the alter-
nator wires disconnected.

126
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Battery Fluid Level Cleaning the Battery

Check the fluid level every 250 hours of Check the battery regularly for dirt, cor-
operation . rosion and damage. Dirt, mixed with
electrolyte or moisture on the top of the
If the fluid level is low, add clean or dis- battery, can cause a discharged condi-
tilled water to each cell until the fluid level tion in the battery. Use one of the fol-
is at the split ring at the bottom of each lowing methods to clean the battery.
cell opening.
1. Use Case Battery Saver, part number
IMPORTANT: If the temperature is 32 °F M20376. Follow the instructions on
(0°F) or below and you have added water the container. This cleaner does not
to the battery, do the following: Connect a need water.
battery charger to the battery or run the
engine for approximately two hours. This 2. Use baking soda or ammonia and
procedure is necessary to mix flush the outside of the battery with
the water with the electrolyte. water. If you do not have Case Battery
Saver, use other special cleaners to
prevent corrosion on the battery termi-
nals.

3. Spray the battery terminals with battery

terminal protector. Do not use grease.

127
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Flood Lamps
To replace, remove two screws from the back of the lamp, disconnect the electrical
connector, and install the new lamp.

128
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Fuses
Lamp Fuse 20 Amp - A 14902 Main Electrical System Fuse
30 Amp - A149804
P.I.N. JAF0078496 and After
P.I.N. JAF0078496 and After

(Located on right side of engine)

(Located on right side of engine)
Prior to P.I.N. JAF0078496
Prior to P.I.N . JAF0078496

(Located behind instruments panel)

(Located under saet)

129
STORAGE _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

MACHINE STORAGE
Storage Preparation
If the machine is to be in storage for more 10. Drain the cooling system . Leave the
than 30 days , park the machine inside a drain valves open and do not tighten
building . If a building is not available , the radiator cap. Put a Do Not
park the machine in a dry area on planks Operate tag in the cab.
and cover the machine with a waterproof
covering. 11 . Clean or replace the air cleaner ele-
ments.
1. Wash the machine .
12. Cover the exposed cylinder rods ,
2. Lubricate the machine at all grease and valve spools with Case Rust and
fittings. Corrosion Preventive (Part Number
B17510).
3. Paint any areas where the paint has
been damaged. 13. Charge the battery. Remove the
battery from the machine and put the
4. Move all hydraulic controls to relieve battery on a wooden pallet in a cool
any pressure in the hydraulic circuits. dry area. If possible , keep the battery
in a building where the temperature
5. Drain the fuel tank. is above freezing (32°F, 0°C) . Make
sure the battery is clean .
6. Put approximately 2 U.S. gallons (8
litres) of diesel flushing oil in the fue l NOTE: Check the battery periodically for
tank. Run the engine until the exhaust the correct electrolyte level. Test the elec-
smoke is blue-white. trolyte with a hydrometer. When the hyd-
rometer reading is near 1.215, charge the
7. Drain the flushing oil from the fuel battery.
tank.
Chain Compartments
8. Put one teaspoon of Shell Oil
Company VP! crystals in the fuel tank. 1. Drain and flush both chain compart-
ments.
9. Change the engine oil and replace the
oil filter . 2. Pu t new oil into each chain com-
partment.

Batteries produce explosive gases. Keep sparks, flame, and cigarettes

away. Ventilate when charging or using in an enclosed space. Always
shield eyes when working near batteries. SA03 1

130
STORAGE

REMOVAL FROM STORAGE

1. Fill the fuel tank. 7. Install the battery.

2. Put coolant into the engine cooling 8. Remove air from the engine fuel lines.
system.
9. Start the engine and run at idle speed
3. Check the engine oil level. for 2 minutes. Check for leaks around
the filters and drain plugs.
4. Check the condition of the engine fan
belt and replace if required. 10. Stop the engine and check the fluid
levels of the engine, hydraulic
5. Check the hydraulic fluid level. system, engine cooling system and
chain compartments .
6. Use a petroleum base solvent and
remove the Case Rust and Corrosion
Preventive from the hydraulic cylinder
rods and spools.

131
 SPECIFICATIONS

NOTE: All specifications are given according to SAE standards or Recommended

Practices where the specification applies.

ENGINE
Make and model . ....... .... ... .. ... ....... .. .. ... ...... .... .. .. .. ... ... ..... .... .. Case 4-390 , Diesel
Firing order. ..... .. ..... .... .... .. .... .. ...... .. ..... ...... ...... ... ......... 1-3-4-2
Bore and stroke ........... ... ........... .. .... .... .. ... ...... 4.02 in x 4.72 in (102 x 120 mm)
Displacement ... ........... ............ ... .... ....... .. ... .. .... .. ......... ....... .. 239 in 3 (3933 cc 3)
Compression ratio ..... ... ... .. ... ....... ......... .......... ... ...... ....... .. ... ........ ...... .......... 17.0 to 1
Horsepower
SAE gross ............. ...... .... ....... ..... ..... 54 hp at 2000 rpm (40.3 kW at 2000 r/min)
SAE net .. . ... .......... ... ... .. 50 hp at 2000 rpm (37.3 kW at 2000 r/min)
Engine speeds :
Full throttle, no load ...... ... ... .. ..... ... .. ...... ... ......... 2100 to 2200 rpm
Rated speed - full load ........ .... .... .. .......... ........................ .... . .. ..... ... .. . 2000 rpm
Idle speed.. ................. ..... ..... ...... ..... 875 to 925 rpm
Valve clearance - engine cold
Intake valves..... ... ... ...... ...... .... .. .. .010 in (0.254 mm)
Exhaust valves .... .... ..... .. .020 in (0.508 mm)

COOLING SYSTEM
Radiator cap ... ... ...... .. ... .. ...... ........... ....... .. ... .... .. ..... ..... ....... .. ..... 15 psi (103 kPa)
Thermostat . ........ ... ....... ........ .............. ...... .. ... ..... ... 180°F (82°C)
Opening range ... .. ... .. .. .... ..... ....... ..... ... ........ .. .... .... 181 ° to 203°F (83° to 95°C)
Fu lly open.. . ....... .... .. ..... ... ....... .. .... .... 202°F (94°C)

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Main relief valve pressure settings
Loader. .... .... ... .. .. .... ... .
.. 2450 ± 50 psi at 2000 rpm
(16 893 ± 345 kPa, 169 ± 3.4 bar)
(Hydraulic oil at operating temperatu re - pressure measured at outlet of equipment
pump .)

OPERATING WEIGHTS
Basic Machine
Basic Machine
Operating weight... ... ..... ..... .... .... ..... . ..... .. ... . ... ... . ... .. 5458 pounds (2476 kg)

NOTE: Operating weight includes full fuel, 175 pound (79 kg) operator, 54 in (1372
mm) dirt bucket, 7.00 x 15 tires, Case pinned coupler, and standard equipment.

132
SPECIFICATIONS

Additional Weights for Optional Equipment

Pounds kg
Manure Fork . .... .. .. .. ...... .. ... .... ..... .... ..... ... .. ........... ..... ....... ....... 378 170
Manure Fork Grapple.... .. ...... .... .. .. . ..... ... ......... . ... 136 61
Pal let Fork with Brick Guard ...... .. .. .... ... .. ... .. ...... .... .... .. .. .. ...... .... .. ...... .. .. 466 211
54 in (1372 mm) Dirt Bucket ... ....... ... ..... ...... ..... ....... ... 343 155
63 in (1600 mm) Dirt Bucket ... . .. .... .. .. ...... ..... . ..... ... .. . .. .. ....... ... 37 4 170
54 in (1372 mm) Utility Bucket .... ................. .. ... ................. ... ......... 428 194
63 in (1600 mm) Utility Bucket .... ... .. ... .... .... .... ... .. .. ... .... .... .. . .. ... .. .. .... 462 209
73 in (1854 mm) Light Material. . .. . .. .. ..... .. ........ ........ .. .. .. .. .... 496 225
0100 Backhoe (without bucket) .. .. ..... ... ... .... .. ... ......... .. ..... ....... .. .. . ... 1135 514
01 OOXR Backhoe (without bucket) ... .... .... .. ... ..... ... 1311 59.4
0125 Backhoe (without bucket)
with vertical stabilizers ................. . .. . .. .. .... 1650 748
with horiztontal stabilizers .... .... .. ..... ............ ... ... ...... ... .. ....... ... .. ... ..... 1720 780
7.00 x 15 Nylon chevron................. ...... .. ... .... ... ... .... 224 102
7.00 x 15 Steel cap chevron .... .. .. ... ......... .. .... ...... .... ..... ..... .. ............ .... 276 125
6.50 x 16 Non-Pneumatic . . . . .. ... .. . ... .. .. .... . . ... . . .... ... 612 278
10.00 x 16.5 Flotation... . . ..... ...... .. .. .... ........... ...... .. .. ... .. . ..... . ... . 352 160

LOADER BUCKETS
Type Struck SAE Heaped Weight
Capacities Capacities

cu ft (m 3) cu ft (m 3) lbs (kg)

54 in Dirt 7.9 (0.22) 10.1 (0.29) 343 (155)

(1372 mm)

63 in Dirt 9.1 (0.26) 11.8 (0.33) 374 (170)

(1600 mm)

54 in Utility 13.7 (0.39) 17.0 (0.48) 428 (194)

(1372 mm)

63 in Utility 15.9 (0.45) 19.8 (0.56) 462 (209)

(1600 mm)

73 in Utility 18.5 (0.52) 23.1 (0.65) 496 (225)

(1854 mm)

133
 SPECIFICATIONS

Dump angle at full height ................................................................. ........... 40°

A Dump height, maximum height and 40° dump angle ........... 84 in (2134 mm)
B Dump reach, maximum height and 40° dump angle .............. 22 in (559 mm)
C Overall operating height, maximum .................................. 145.5 in (3696 mm)
D Overall height to top of ROPS ........... ... ... .. ................. .. ......... 77 in (1956 mm)
E Ground clearance .... .. .. .. .. .. .... .. . ...... .. .............. .. .. ....... .. ....... 6.5 in (165 mm)
F Wheel base with new drive chains ........ ..... ..... ........ .. .... ........ .. 37 in (940 mm)
G Overall length without attachments ... ...... .. ... .. ... .. ... ... ......... 96.5 in (2451 mm)
H Overall length with bucket on ground ..... .... ....... ............ 125 in (3175 mm)
J Clearance circle, front (with bucket) ................... .. ..... .... ...... 73 in (1854 mm)
K Clearance circle, front (without bucket) ........ .......... .. ............. 44 in (1118 mm)
L Clearance circle, rear ......... ....................... ... .... ... ...... ... .......... 59 in (1499 mm)
M Tread width 7.00 x 15 tires .......... .... ...... ....... ........ ....... 45.7 in (1161 mm)
N Overall width of machine ....... ... .. ..... .... ... .... . .. .... .................. 54 in (1372 mm)
P Height to bucket pivot pin.......... ....... ............... . .. ..... 110.5 in (2807 mm)

Lift capacity to full height... ..................... .... ... .......... ... ........ 2630 pounds (1193 kg)
Rated operating load .. .. .. .. .. .. .... .. .... . ... .. ... .. .. .. ... .. ... .. .. . . ... 1350 pounds (612 kg)
Tipping load - SAE rated .................. .. .. . ..... ... .. ... ......... 2700 pounds (1225 kg)
Travel speed, forward and reverse..... ... ...... ....... .. ..... .... ... ... 6 2 mph (10 km/h)

NOTE: Specifications measured with 54 inch (1372 mm) dirt bucket, 7.00 x 15 tires,
Case Coupler and standard equipment.

POWER TRAIN
Type............... ....... .... .... ........ ................... ... .. ... .... ....... .................. Hydrostatic
Transmission...... .. ...Tandem pump assembly that has two servo controlled
variable displacement pumps and two fixed
displacement motors - drive chains to each wheel

134
SPECIFICATIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

OPERATING DATA AND DIMENSIONS

A D

--F--i
I ------G----
i - - - ,- H - - - B87 1036J

135
SPECIFICATIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

D100 BACKHOE
NOTE: Backhoe specifications are measured with 7.00 x 15 tires, 24 inch (610 mm)
backhoe trenching bucket, full fuel tank and standard equipment.

Operating Data and Dimensions

B890708J

A Digging radius - from swing pivot.. .. .... .. .. ... ... ... .... .. .. . 9 ft 6 in (2.9 m)
8 Digging depth - maximum ............ . .. .... . .. .. .. .. ... ... .. 7 ft 1O in (2 .39 m)
C Loading height .. .. . .. .. .. . .... ............ .... .. .. .. ... .... ... ....... .. ... . 3 ft 11 in (1 .19 m)
D Loading reach .. . . .. ... ... .. .. ... ... ... . ... . ... .. .. ..... . ..... ... 4 ft 5.5 in (1 .36 m)
Swing arc .... .. .. .... .. ... .. .. .. . .. .... .. ... .. .. ... . ... ... .... .. .. ... ... .. 176°
Bucket rotation ... .. 132°
Distance between stabilizers - operating position . .. 37 inches (940 mm)
E Overall height - maximum .. 8 ft 3.5 in (2.53 m)
Overall height - machine in the
transport position .. . .. 6 ft 8.75 in (2.05 m)
Overall length - machine in the
transport position .. 13 ft 11 in (4.24 m)
Ground clearance 5 inches (127 mm)

136
SPECIFICATIONS

01 00XR BACKHOE
NOTE: Backhoe specifications are measured with 7.00 x 15 tires, 24 inch (610 mm)
backhoe trenching bucket, full fuel tank and standard equipment.

Operating Data and Dimensions

6------

..' /' 8
.
,,.'
,'

B0272A89J

A Digging radius - from swing pivot.. ... .. . .. .. ... .... 11 ft 4.8 in (3.5 m)
B Digging depth - maximum . .... ... ... .. .... ... .. 9 ft 2.9 in (2.8 m)
C Loading height ........... .. .................... .. .. ... .. ..... 4 ft 2 5 in (1 .28 m)
D Loading reach....... ........ ... . ... ....... ... ...... ..... .... ..... .... 6 ft 0.8 in (1.85 m)
Swing arc.. . ... ........ ... ... ..... .. .. .. ..... .......... ..... ......... .. .... ...... . 176°
Bucket rotation .. . . 132°
Distance between stabilizers - operating position ..... 8 ft 3.5 in (2.5 m)
transport position .. .... 5 ft 4.5 in (1 .6 m)
E Overall height -maximum ...... .. ... . 10 ft 3.5 in (3.1 m)
F Overall height - machine in the
transport position .... .. 6 ft 11.3 in (2.1 m)
G Overall length - backhoe in the
transport position. . ..... . ... .... .. ... . .. ... ... ... ... ... 14 ft 3 in (4.3 m)
H Ground clearance . ............ .... .. . ... 4.2 in (107 mm)

137
 SPECIFICATIONS

Backhoe Buckets - 0100 and 01 00XR

WIDTH TYPE WEIGHT
Inch (mm) Lbs . (kg)
• Trenching 82 (37)
16 (406) Trenching 90 (41)
20 {508) Trenching 107 (49)
24 (610) Trenching 119 (54)

Backhoe Main Relief Valve Pressure

The backhoe pressure is controlled by the loader control valve on the machine.

MANURE FORK
Number of tines ... ... ... ........... .... .. .. .... .. .. .... .. .. ...... .... ..... ..... .... ...... .......... .... ... 11
Width between each tine .. ... .. .... .. ... ...... .. .. ... ... .. .. ... .... .. .. .... ........ .. . 4.2 in (107 mm)
Overall width of tines .... .. ..... .. ..... ..... .. .. .. .. ....... .... ...... ............... .. .. 54.3 in (1379 mm)
Length of tines .. .. .... .. ... .... ... ..... ..... ........ .. ......... .... ...... .... ... .. .... .. .. ... 27 in (686 mm)

NOTE: Hydraulic grapple is available for Manure Fork.

PALLET FORK WITH BRICK GUARD

Maximum width of forks (centerlines) ........ ... .. ... ...... .. ... .. .. .. .... .. .... . 36.7 in (932 mm)
Minimum width of forks (centerlines) ........ ... .... ..... .. ......... .. ... ... .. .. .... 7.9 in (200 mm)
Length of fork ..... ..... ... ... .. .. ......... ... ....... .. .. ..... .. ... .. ... .... ......... ........ ... 42 in (1067 mm)
Overall width of attachment .... .... ....... ............................... ..... ...... 48 .5 in (1232 mm)
Rated operating load - at 24 in (61 O mm) load center ........... 870 pounds (395 kg)
Tipping load - SAE rated (at 24 in (610 mm) load center .... 1740 pounds (789 kg)

138
 AFTER DELIVERY CHECK
After First 20 Hours of Operation of New Machine
Date of Check _________ Hourmeter reading: _______ hours

MACHINE: Model 1840 Product Identification Number _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

OWNER : Name

Address
DEALER: Name _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Address
COOLING SYSTEM HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
D Check the coolant levels D Check the oil level.
D Check tor leaks . D Check the pressure setting of the main relief valve
D Rep lace the hydraulic oi l filter.
FUEL SYSTEM
D Check tor leaks GENERAL

D Dra,n water and sediment from the fuel tank. D Look tor oil leaks and loose parts.
D Check tire pressure .
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM D Check the steering/loader control levers for
D Check battery. correct operation .
D Check operation at starter, alternator, D Check the operator protection bars tor correct
instruments. and warning lamps. operation .
D Check operation of working lamps (if equipped) . D Tighten al l hose clamps

LUBRICATION D Check drive chain tension .

D Lubricate all pivot points . D Check wheel nut torque.

ENGINE SAFETY

D Check condition of drive belt. 0 Inspect the ROPS .

D Check engine oil level D Check the safety decals and replace if necessary.

D Check engine speed at idle and at full throttle. D Check the seat belt and the operator protection bars

D Service air cleaner

D Make sure the machine has the 1840 Operators
Manual and Safety Manual in the Manual Storage
Box.

DEALER: Make sure the owner and/or operator understands all the safety and infor-
mation decals , the service information, and the service procedures in the operators
manual.

Name of Mechanic (signature)

Name of Dealer (signature) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - '

Name of Owner (signature) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Owner copy

139
This page left blank

140
 AFTER DELIVERY CHECK
After First 20 Hours of Operation of New Machine
Date of Check ________ Hourmeter reading: _______ hours

MACHINE Model 1840 Product Identification Number _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

OWNER: Name _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Address
DEALER : Name _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Address
COOLING SYSTEM HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
0 Check the coolant levels 0 Check the oil level.
0 Check for leaks 0 Check the pressure setting ot the main relief valve.
0 Replace the hydraulic 011 filter.
FUEL SYSTEM
0 Check for leaks GENERAL

0 Drain water and sediment from the fuel tank. 0 Look for oil leaks and loose pans .
0 Check tire pressure .
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 0 Check the steering/loader control levers tor
0 Check battery. correct operation
0 Check operation of staner. alternator. 0 Check the operator prott,ctIon bars tor correct
instruments. and warning lamps. operation.
0 Check operation of working lamps (if equipped) 0 Tighten al l hose clamps

LUBRICATION 0 Check drive chain tension

0 Lubricate all pivot points 0 Check wheel nut torque .

ENGINE SAFETY

0 Check condition of drive belt . 0 Inspect the ROPS .

0 Check eng ine oil level 0 Check the safety decals and replace it necessary.

0 Check eng ine speed at 1cle and at full throttle. 0 Check the scat bE)lt and the operator protection bars.

0 Service air cleaner. 0 Make sure the machine has the 1840 Operator's
Manual and Safety Manual in the Manual Storage
Box.

DEALER: Make sure the owner and/or operator understands all the safety and infor-
mation decals , the service information , and the service procedures in the operators
manual.

Name of Mechanic (signature)

Name of Dealer (signature)

Name of Owner (signature) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Dealer copy

141
 DETAIL INDEX
A E
After Delivery Check.. ...... ... .... .... . .. 140 Engine Cooling System.. ..... .. ..... .. ..95
After Delivery Check . . .. ... .. ......... 2 Engine Lubrication System ..... 87
Air Filter Service Specifications ......... 91 Engine Oil Selection ............. ............. ,87
Air Filter System.... . .. .. ............. 91 Engine Oil Viscosity .... ... .............. ...... 87
Air Removal from Fuel System ..... ... 102 Engine Operation .. .. .. . .......... . .. ..... 41
Engine Se Nice Specifications ..... ....... 88
B Engine Speed..... ........... 42
Backhoe Installation .......... ..... .. .... .... 66 Engine Starting ........ . .. ........ ... .......... 41
Backhoe Operation . ..... ...... 55 Ether Starting Aid Button .......... ........ 27
Backhoe Removal .. ... .. ... ....... ... .... . .. .64 Ether Starting Aid .......... ....... ... .......... 43
Battery Service .... 126
Before You Dig with the Backhoe ...... 57 F
Booster Battery Connection ...... ......... 44 Filter - Air.... .. .. . .. ... .... ........ 92
Filter - Air, Cleaning ... ... .. ... .. .. ......... 94
C Filter - Engine.. . .... .. .... .. .. ... ...... 89
Case Coupler . .. ... ...... 53,119 Filter - Hydraulic . .. .... ... .. ....... 105
Case Pinned Coupler ....... ... .... ...... 54 Filter - Fuel ............ ... .. ...... .. ... ........... 99
Cold Weather Operation ....... 49 Flood Lamps . ... .... .... . .. .. . ... 128
Controls - Backhoe. ..... .......... 39,56 Fluid Level - Coolant ReseNoir ......... 96
Controls - High Flow Hydraulic.. .38 Fluid Level - Radiator... ......... 96
Controls - Hydraulic Attachment ....... 37 Fuel System Service Specifications ... 98
Controls - Loader, Foot ............ ..... .... 36 Fuel Tank .... ......................... ............. 99
Controls - Loader, Hand .. ...... ....... 35
Controls - Steering .. .. .. .. . . ...... 34 G
Coolant Solution..... .... 95 Gauge - Fuel ................ ..... ............. 25
Cooling System Cleaning ..... ..... 97 Gauge - Hourmeter ......... . ... .26, 74
Cooling System Service Grease Fittings ................... ... ....... 80-86
Specifications . . . ..... .. .. ..... 95
H
D Hand Throttle ... ······· ··.. . 28
Diesel Fuel System .. ... 98 Horn Button .. .... ... ..... 28
Digging with the Backhoe.. .... 59 Hot Weather Operation .... .......... 50
Door - Rear Access ...... . ........... 73 Hydraulic System Service
Draining Water from Fuel System .... 99 Specifications .. . .. . .. . .. .. ....... 103
Drive Chain Adjustment .... . 116 Hydraulic System . . ....... . ...... .. .... 103
Drive Chain Compartment .. 107 Hydrostatic Warm-Up Period .. .. .. ....... 42
Drive Chain Tension... .... . ..... 114
Drive Chains. .................. .......... 114
Dust Valve . .. .. . ...... .. ... .. . .... . ..... 91

142
 R
Identification Numbers ........................ 4 ROPS ................ . ....... .. ... .. ...... ... 120
Indicator Lamp - Systems Normal ..... 25 Run-In Period .................................... 40
Instrument Panel ................................ 25
s
K Safety - Before Operation .......... .. ....... 9
Key Switch ............... . .. 27 Safety - Burn Prevention ....... .... ........ 11
Safety - Fire or Explosion
L Prevention .............. .. .......................... 12
Lifting the Machine ...... .. .................... .47 Safety - Hand Signals .............. ...... ... 21
Lifting with the Backhoe ..................... 63 Safety - Machine Operation ........ .. ..... 10
Light Switch ...................................... 27 Safety - Maintenance ....................... 13
Lubrication/Maintenance Chart .......... 76 Safety - Parking the Machine... .. 11
Safety Before you do Service ... ... ..... 72
M Safety Decals .. ....... .......... 14
Machine Components .... ................. 6 Safety Rules ............. ... .. ... .. .. .. .. ... ........ 8
Machine Operation. . ............. ... 45 Seat - Deluxe .......... .. ........... .. . ... .. .... 30
Moving Machine when digging Seat - Standard ....... .. .. .... ........ ..... ...... 29
with the Backhoe..... ...... .. ... .. 60 Seat Bars - Testing .... . ................. 113
Moving a Disabled Machine ............. 48 Seat Bars ......................................... 33
Seat Belt Maintenance .................... 119
0 Seat Belt........................ ...32
Oil Change - Drive Chain Spark Arrester Muffler ...................... 119
Compartment..... .. ... ... 107 Specifications - Machine .. ...... ... 132-139
Oil Change - Engine .......................... 89 Starting Aid Button - Ether ................. 27
Oil Change - Hydraulic .. .. .. 106 Starting the Engine ............................. 41
Oil Level - Drive Chain Steering Controls....... . . .. .. .. .. .. .34
Compartment..... ...... 107 Steering Levers - Adjustment. .......... 118
Oil Level - Engine .............................. 88 Stopping the Engine ... ..... ..... ............ .42
Oil Level - Hydraulic ... .. .. .. ... .... . 104 Storage ............................................. 130
Operating on a Hillside ..... ................ 52 Support Strut for Loader...... .. ... .. . .. . 73
Operating the Loader ......................... 51 Systemgard .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .......... .. ........ 79
Operator Restraint System .. .... ........ ... 31
Operators Compartment - Moving ... 108

p
PIN Number. ...... 4
Parking the Machine ... 40

143
 T w
Testing the Seat Bars ..... ..... ...... 112,113 Walk-Around Inspection .................... 41
Throttle - Hand ..................... .............. 28 Warning Lamp - Air Filter ............. 26, 92
Tire Pressures ................ .. .... .. ....... 71 ,72 Warning Lamp - Alternator ................ 26
To the Owner............. .... .............. 1 Warning Lamp - Battery. .. .......... .. .. 26
Transport Link - D100XR Backhoe .... 62 Warning Lamp - Engine
Transporting the Machine .................. 46 Oil Pressure ..................................... 26
Warning Lamp - Engine
Temperature ... ..................... ...... ....... 26
Warning Lamp - Hydraulic Filter ....... 25
Warning Lamp - Hydraulic
Temperature .................. .. .. ..... 26
Warning Lamp - Seat Belt ....... .. ........ 26
Wheel Nut Torque.......... .. .. 71
Wheels and Tires. .. ...... .. .. .. ...... 69

144
CASE TECHNICAL MANUALS

Manuals are available from your Dealer for the operation, service and
repair of your machine. For prompt convenient service, contact your
Dealer for assistance in obtaining the manuals for your machine.

Your Dealer can expedite your order for operators manuals, parts
catalogs, service manuals and maintenance records.

Always give the Machine Name, Model and P.I.N. (product identifica-
tion number) or S.N. (serial number) or your machine so your Dealer
can provide the correct manuals for your machine.

CALIFORNIA
Proposition 65 Warning

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are

known to the State of Cllifomia to cause cancer, birth
defects, and other reproductive harm.

NOTE: Case Corporation reserves the right to make improvements in design or

changes in specifications at any time without incurring any obligation to instaU them on
units previously sold.
 CASE CORPORATION CASE CANADA CORPORATION
700 STATE STREET 3350 SOUTH SERVICE ROAD
Printed in U.S.A. RACINE, WI 53404 U.S.A. BURLINGTON, ON L?N 3M6 CANADA
 1840 Uni-Loader
Operators Manual
P.I.N. JAF0223014 and After

Bur 9-25053

IReprinted I
 THIS SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL INDICATES IMPORTANT SAFETY
MESSAGES IN THIS MANUAL. WHEN YOU SEE THIS SYMBOL,
CAREFULLY READ THE MESSAGE THAT FOLLOWS AND BE
ALERT TO THE POSSIBILITY OF PERSONAL INJURY OR
DEATH. M171B

Safety Decals on this machine use the words Danger, Warning or

Caution, which are defined as follows:
• DANGER: Indicates an immediate hazardous situation which, if
not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. The color
associated with Danger is RED.
• WARNING: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if
not avoided will result in serious injury. The color associated with
Warning is ORANGE.
• CAUTION: Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if
not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury. lt·may also
be used to alert against unsafe practices. The color associated
with Caution is YELLOW.

Lh WARNING
IMPROPER OPERATION OF THIS MACHINE CAN CAUSE INJURY OR
DEATH. BEFORE USING THIS MACHINE, MAKE CERTAIN THAT EVERY
OPERATOR:

• Is instructed in safe and proper use of the machine.

• Reads and understands the Manual(s) pertaining to the machine.
• Reads and understands ALL Safety Decals on the machine.
• Clears the area of other persons.
• Learns and practices safe use of machine controls in a safe, clear area
before operating this machine on a job site.
It is your responsibility to observe pertinent laws and regulations and
follow Case Corporation instructions on machine operation and
maintenance.
© 1999 Case Corporation Bur 9-25053
December 1993 (Revised June, 1999)
 GENERAL TABLE OF CONTENTS
TO THE OWNER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. ... .... 1
1840 UNI-LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. ... .... 1
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. ... .... 2
AFTER DELIVERY CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. ... .... 2
RIGHT, LEFT, FRONT AND REAR OF MACHINE . . . . ..... .. ... .... 3
PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION AND SERIAL NUMBERS ..... .. ... .... 4
MACHINE COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. ... . . 6, 7
BACKHOE COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .. ... .... 8

SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SAFETY FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
SAFETY RULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
BEFORE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
BURN PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
FIRE OR EXPLOSION PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
MACHINE OPERATION....................................... 14 llJ
PARKING THE MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 CJ
0
WHEELS AND TIRES SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 llJ
(f)
CAST DUCTILE IRON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
I
UTILITY SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 f-
MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 :::?:
SAFETY DECALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 a:
f-
HAND SIGNALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS .. .. ....... . . . ...... . ........ . ...... 27

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ... . ........ . . . ................ 27, 28, 29
INSTRUMENT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
INSTRUMENT PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31, 32, 33
ENGINE HAND THROTTLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
HORN BUTTON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
BACK-UP ALARM (OPTIONAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
OPERATORS SEAT.................................... 35, 36, 37
OPERATOR RESTRAINT SYSTEM ............................. 39
OPERATORS PRESENCE SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
SEAT BELT PROCEDURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
STEERING CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
LOADER CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44, 45
AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC ATTACHMENT CONTROLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
RUN-IN PERIOD OF A NEW MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
ENGINE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
OPERATING IN COLD WEATHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
ETHER STARTING AID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
THERMOSTART SYSTEM ....... . .. . . . ....... . . . ....... . ..... 54
OPERATING IN HOT WEATHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
MACHINE OPERATION.......... . ............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
OPERATING THE LOADER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
REAR WINDOW (IF EQUIPPED) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
CASE MECHANICAL COUPLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
CASE PINNED COUPLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
BACKHOE OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC SYSTEM .... . ... . .......... . . . ... . ... 75
TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
LIFTING THE MACHINE WITH A CRANE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
MOVING A DISABLED MACHINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

WHEELS/TIRES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
--i
JJ WHEELS AND TIRES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
~
:i LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHARTS ......................... 85
en GENERAL SAFETY BEFORE YOU SERVICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
m SUPPORT STRUT FOR LOADER LIFT ARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
0
G) ENGINE HOURMETER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
m MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
REAR ACCESS DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
SYSTEMGARD LUBRICATION ANALYSIS PROGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
GREASE FITTINGS - 10 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93, 94, 95, 96
GREASE FITTINGS - 250 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
GREASE FITTINGS - 10 AND 250 HOURS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
ENGINE LUBRICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
AIR FILTER SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
DRIVE CHAIN COMPARTMENT. ... ... . ................ . ..... . 122

II
MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
MOVING THE OPERATORS
COMPARTMENT FORWARD........ . ................. .. .... 123
MOVING THE OPERATORS COMPARTMENT
INTO THE OPERATING POSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
TESTING THE SEAT BAR... .. ....... . ....................... 128
DRIVE CHAINS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
STEERING LEVER ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE. . ..................... 135
CASE MECHANICAL COUPLER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
MAINTENANCE OF THE SEAT BELT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
MACHINE CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
PLASTIC AND RESIN PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
FAN BELT REPLACEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
THERMOSTART SYSTEM .. .... . ... . .... ... .. . . . ... .. ... 144, 145

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ...... .. ....... . ................. .. ... . 147

BATTERY SERVICE ....................................... . 147
llJ
WORK LAMPS ............................................ . 149 CJ
FUSES AND RELAYS ...... .. ....... . ........ . ............. . 151 0
llJ
(f)
STORAGE ................. . ........ . . . .................... . 153 I
f-
STORAGE .................................. . ............. . 153
:::?:
REMOVAL FROM STORAGE ......... . ...................... . 154 a:
f-
SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . ... ... .. .. . . . . .... ... .. . . . . . . .. ... .. . . 155
ENGINE ................................................. . 155
COOLING SYSTEM ... ... .... . ....... . . . ... .. ........ . .... . . 155
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ...... .. ....... . ........ . ............. . 155
OPERATING WEIGHTS .................................... . 156
POWER TRAIN ........... . ........ . ...................... . 156
BACKHOE BUCKETS ...... .. ....... . ................. .. ... . 157
MANURE FORK ........... . ........ . ...................... . 157
PALLET FORK WITH BRICK GUARD .. . ................. .. ... . 157
OPERATING DATA AND DIMENSIONS . ................. .. ... . 158
D100 BACKHOE ........... .. ....... . . . ............. . . .. ... . 160
D1 00XR BACKHOE ........ .. ....... . ................. .. ... . 161

DETAIL INDEX ............................................. . 163

AFTER DELIVERY CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169, 171

Ill
 NOTES

---i
:IJ
s:
---i
I
ci5
m
0
G)
m

IV
 TO THE OWNER

1840 Uni-Loader
C:
0
C: :.:;
co
0
;E
co I,,.

E.E
-
o-~ G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E->,G)
- a.
coG)
:2.~
.c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
B099B007 f-
~
This manual contains important information about the safe operation, adjustment a:
f-
and maintenance of your Case Uni-Loader. Refer to the Detail Index at the end of
this manual for locating specific items about your machine. This Uni-Loader
conforms to current safety regulations.
Use this manual as a guide. Your Uni-Loader will remain a reliable working tool as
long as it is kept in good working condition and serviced properly.
Do Not operate or permit anyone to operate or service this machine until you or -N
ON
the other persons have read and understand the safety, operation and CJ I
maintenance instructions in this manual. Use only trained operators who have
,.... 1,-
,....
I I
demonstrated the ability to operate and service this machine correctly and safely. 2: U')
0~
This Uni-Loader, with standard equipment and authorized attachments, is .. ,....
G) ••
intended to be used for general earth moving purposes, handling, boring, ditch
digging, etc. Make sure that the machines properly equipped and follow the
E!
co co
zc
--
instructions and safety precautions in this manual.
G) G)
Do Not use this machine for any application or purpose other than those co co
described in this manual. Consult an authorized dealer of the Case Corporation a.a.
on changes, additions or modifications that can be required for this machine to EE
comply with various country regulations and safety requirements. Unauthorized {E.{E.
modifications will cause serious injury or death. Anyone making such
unauthorized modifications is responsible for the consequences.
 TO THE OWNER

This Operators Manual is to be stored

in the manual compartment equipped
'er} 'er} on this machine, Make sure this
33 manual is complete and in good
"'C "'C

--
condition . Contact your dealer to
0) 0)
obtain additional manuals. Contact
CD CD
your dealer for any further information
CZ
0) 0) or assistance about your machine.
;-3
•• CD
Your dealer has Case Corporation
........ approved service parts. Your dealer
<OQ has technicians with special training
(Os
lc.nl that know the best methods of repair
...... ...... and maintenance for your Uni-Loader. A19083
....i.1
I c, OPERATORS MANUAL STORAGE
NO
N-
GENERAL INFORMATION
NOTE: This operators manual covers both early production and late production
--i machines. See the following photos for proper identification of your machine.
JJ
~
--i Early Production Machines Late Production Machines
I
en
m
0
G)
m

RD98C066 BD99E013

AFTER DELIVERY CHECK

Two copies of the After Delivery Check Your cost for this inspection will be for
are in the back of this manual. One filters, oil or other accessories. If the
copy is for you, one copy for your dealer comes to your machine, there
dealer. Make sure that your dealer can also be a cost tor the time and
does the After Delivery Check after the distance.
first 100 hours of machine operation.

2
 TO THE OWNER

RIGHT, LEFT, FRONT AND REAR OF MACHINE

C:
Right-hand and left-hand, and rear, when used in this manual, indicate the right 0
and left sides of the machine as seen from the operators seat. C: :.:;
0 co
;E
co I,,.

0 o-~
E.E
- G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E-
G) >,
-G) a.
co
:2.~
.c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
CD 0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

-N
ON
0 BS99B067
CJ
,.... 1,-
,....
I
I

I
1. LEFT-HAND SIDE 3. RIGHT-HAND SIDE
2: U')
0~
2. FRONT 4. REAR .. ,....
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

3
 TO THE OWNER

PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION AND SERIAL NUMBERS

'er} 'er} Write your machine Model Number, Product Identification Number (P.I.N.) and
33 Serial Numbers on the line provided below. It needed, give these numbers to your
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
dealer when you need parts or information tor your machine.

Make a record of the numbers. Keep the record and your Manufacturer's
Statement of Origin in a sate place. It the machine is stolen, report the number to
;-3
• • CD your local law enforcement agency.
........
<OQ
(Os Model Number Engine
lc.nl
............
....i.1
I c, Product Identification
NO
N- Number (P.I.N.)

--i
JJ
~
--i
I
en
m
0
G)
m
B4140388

Serial Number _ _ _ _ _ _ __

s4131oss ROPS Canopy

Model Number _ _ _ _ _ __

P.I.N. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

A19097

Serial Number _ _ _ _ _ _ __

4
 TO THE OWNER

Loader Bucket Backhoe

C:
0
C: :.:;
0 co
;E
co I,,.

E.E
-
o-~ G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E-
G) >,
-G) a.
co
B4135288 B4051390 :2.~
.c: "O
Serial Number________ Serial Number _ _ _ _ _ _ __
llJ
(!)
--
00
II
!:: !::
<C<C
+
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

-N
ON
CJ I
,.... 1,-
,....
I I
2: U')
0~
.. ,....
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

5
 TO THE OWNER

MACHINE COMPONENTS
'er} 'er}
33
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
;-3
•• CD
........
<OQ
(Os
lc.nl
............
....i.1
I c,
NO
N-

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en B099B007
m 1. OPERATORS COMPARTMENT 4. LOADER CONTROLS
0
G) 2. LOADER LIFT ARMS 5. CHAIN COMPARTMENT
m 3. BUCKET 6. BATTERY COMPARTMENT

6
 TO THE OWNER

MACHINE COMPONENTS
C:
0
C: :.:;
0 co
;E
co I,,.

E.E
-
o-~ G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E-
G) >,
-G) a.
co
:2.~
.c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II
!:: !::
<C<C
+
0
llJ
(f)
I
B099B008 f-
1. FUEL TANK 3. REAR COUNTERWEIGHT ~
2. HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR 4. ENGINE COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR a:
f-

-N
ON
CJ I
,.... 1,-
,....
I I
2: U')
0~
.. ,....
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

7
 TO THE OWNER

BACKHOE COMPONENTS
'er} 'er}
33
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
;-3
•• CD
........
<OQ
(Os
lc.nl
............
....i.1
I c,
NO
N-

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m A24235
0
G) 1. DIPPER 5. STABILIZER
m 2. BOOM 6. TRANSPORT LOCK LINK
3. CONTROLS 7. BACKHOE BUCKET
4. BACKHOE OPERATOR'S SEAT

8
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

SAFETY FEATURES

BD99B007
1. STEPS 5. ROPS
2. HAND RAILS 6. HORN BUTTON
3. FRONT WORK LAMPS 7. SEAT BELT
4. SEAT BAR

BD99B008

1. BACK-UP ALARM 2. SUPPORT STRUT

9
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

SAFETY RULES
~~
33
"O "O Most accidents involving machine operation and maintenance can be avoided by

--
0) 0)
(I) (I)

CZ
0) 0)
following basic rules and precautions. Read and understand all the safety
messages in this manual , the safety manual, and the safety signs on the machine
before you operate or service the machine. See your dealer if you have any
;-3 questions.
• • (I)
....I, • •

«> 0 READ THIS MANUAL COMPLETELY

«> s: and make sure you understand the
IUI I
....I, ....I, controls. All equipment has a limit.
...a.1
I c, Make sure you understand the speed,
NO brakes, steering, stability, and load
N-
characteristics of this machine before
you start to operate .
-I
JJ DO NOT remove this manual or the
s:: safety manual from the machine. See
-I your dealer for additional manuals.
I
u.i Also see the inside of the rear cover of
m this manual. A19083
0 OPERATORS STORAGE BOX
G')
m
The safety information given in this manual does not replace safety codes,
)>)> insurance regulations, or federal, state, and local laws. Make sure your machine
;:::; ;:::;

--a:
+
00
C. ::::r
<ii'
II
has the correct equipment according to these rules or laws.

IMPORTANT: Safety messages in this section point out situations which can be
encountered during the normal operation and maintenance of your machine.
"O (I) These safety messages also give possible ways of dealing with these conditions.
<Di"- (I)
-3
(I) "O
Additional safety messages are used in the text of the manual to show specific
3Di" safety hazards.
"0-
- (I)
0) - ·
-::::,
(I) -
THIS SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL INDICATES IMPORTANT
-·O
::::, "'I SAFETY MESSAGES IN THIS MANUAL. WHEN YOU SEE
-3
Q 0)
THIS SYMBOL, CAREFULLY READ THE MESSAGE THAT
3 ::!'. FOLLOWS ANO BE ALERT TO THE POSSIBILITY OF
0) 0 PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. M171B
:::!:. ::::,
0
::::,

10
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

& BEFORE OPERATION & C:

0
C: :.:;
• Avoid loose clothing, loose or co
0
;E
uncovered long hair, jewelry and co I,,.

loose personal articles. E.E

• Different jobs will require different -
o-~ G)
protective equipment. Items such ·-
C: -co

as hard hats, protective shoes, !a.

heavy gloves, reflector type vests,
.!!E
C. G)
respirators, and ear protection E->,G)
can be required. Know and use the - a.
coG)
equipment that is required before
you start the job. :2.~
.c: "O
• Be prepared for emergencies.
Always have a first aid kit and a
good fire extinguisher with you and
•
A24233

Before you start each day, walk

around the machine and check for
oil or fluid leaks. Replace all
llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
know how to use each. broken or missing parts and do the llJ
(f)
• Know the hand signals used on required lubrication and
I
your job. Follow the instructions of maintenance as shown in this f-
manual. Clean all trash and debris ~
the flagman, signs, etc. See Hand
Signals, page 23. from the machine. a:
f-

• Check that the rear door, guards, • Remove all loose objects from the
and covers are installed correctly operators area and from the
and closed. machine. Loose objects can jam
controls and cause accidents.
• Foreign material or grease on the
steps and hand rails can cause an • Before you start the engine, always -N
fasten the seat belt and pull the ON
accident. Keep the steps and hand CJ I
rails clean. seat bar down. See Operator ,.... 1,-
,....
Restraint System, page 39. I I
• Before you operate at night check 2: U')
Operate the machine only from the
0~
that all lamps illuminate. operators seat. .. ,....
G) ••
• Know the rules, laws, and safety • Engine exhaust fumes can cause E!
equipment necessary for death. If you operate this machine
co co
zc

•
transporting this machine on a
road or highway.
Always face the machine and use
in an enclosed area, use good
ventilation to replace the exhaust
fumes with fresh air.
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

the hand rails and steps when

getting on. Do not rush.
• Make sure all persons are away {E.{E.
from the machine and give a
warning before you start the
engine.
11
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

BURN PREVENTION
'er} 'er}
33
"'C "'C • Battery acid causes severe burns. • When the battery electrolyte is

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) Q)
Batteries contain sulfuric acid.
Avoid contact with skin, eyes, or
clothing. Antidote - EXTERNAL:
frozen, the battery can explode if
(1) you try to charge the battery, or
(2) you try to jump start and run
;-3 Flush with water. INTERNAL: the engine. To prevent the battery
•• CD
........ Drink large quantities of water or electrolyte from freezing try to
<OQ milk. Follow with milk of magnesia, keep the battery at full charge. If
(Os beaten egg or vegetable oil. Call a you do not follow these
lc.nl
............ doctor immediately. EYES: Flush instructions, you or others in the
....i.1
I c, with water for 15 minutes and get area can be injured.
NO prompt medical attention.
N- • Hot coolant can spray out when
the radiator cap is removed. To
remove the radiator cap, let the
---i cooling system cool, turn to the
JJ first notch, wait until the pressure
~
is released, then remove the
---i
I radiator cap.
en
m
0
G)
m & HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS &
• If you are exposed to or come in • Before you service your machine,
contact with hazardous chemicals check the MSDS for each fluid,
you can be seriously injured. The lubricant, etc., used in this
fluids, lubricants, paints, machine. This information
adhesives, coolants, etc., used indicates what the risks are and
with your machine can be how to service the machine safely.
hazardous. Follow this information when
servicing the machine.
• Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDS) provide information about • Before you service this machine
the chemical substances within a and before you dispose of the old
product, safe handling procedures, fluids and lubricants, always
first aid measures and procedures remember the environment. DO
to be taken when the product is NOT put oil or fluids into the
accidentally spilled or released. ground or into containers that can
MSDS are available from your leak.
dealer.
• Check with your local
environmental or recycling center
for correct disposal.
12
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

& FIRE OR EXPLOSION PREVENTION & C:

0
C: :.:;
• Sparks or flame can cause the • If a fire extinguisher has been co
0
;E
hydrogen gas in a battery to used, always recharge or replace co :i..
explode. To prevent an explosion, the fire extinguisher before E.E
do the following: operating the machine.
-
o-~ G)
1.When disconnecting the battery • Remove all trash or debris from the ·-
C: -co

cables, disconnect the machine each day. Especially !c..

negative(-) cable first; when check the engine area and .!!E
C. G)
connecting the battery cables, exhaust system . E->,
G)
connect the negative (-) last. • If you weld grind, or use a cutting -G) 0..
co
2.When connecting jumper cables torch on the machine, always
:2.~
to start the engine, use the remove the starting fluid container .c: "O
procedure shown in this manual
on Booster Battery Connection.
3.Do not short circuit the battery
from the machine.
compressed air to remove any
ether fumes from the area.
Use
llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
posts with metal items. • Starting fluid (ether) can cause llJ
injury or death. Do not breathe (f)

4.Do not weld, grind , or smoke starting fluid vapors. Wear face I
f-
near a battery. protection when you remove or ~
• Sparks from the electrical system install a starting fluid container or a:
f-
or engine exhaust can cause an when you use an aerosol spray
explosion and fire. Before you starting fluid . Use starting fluid
operate this machine in an area according to the instructions in this
with flammable dust or vapors, use manual on Ether Starting Aid.
good ventilation to remove the • If the machine has an oil, fuel, or
flammable dust or vapors. hydraulic leak always repair the -N
ON
• Engine fuel can cause an leak and clean the area before CJ I
explosion or fire. Do not fill the fuel operating. ,.... 1,-
,....
I I
tank with the engine running, if you • Keep the cooling system clean and 2: U')
are near an open fire, or if you are 0~
welding, smoking, etc.
maintain the correct coolant level. .. ,....
G) ••
• Make sure that you do not store
• Use nonflammable cleaning E!
oily rags or other flammable co co
solvent to clean parts. zc
• A fire can cause injury or death.
Always have a fire extinguisher
near or on the machine. Make sure
•
materials on the machine.
Check the electrical system for
loose connections or frayed
-- G) G)
co co
0..0..
EE
insulation. Repair or replace the
the fire extinguisher is serviced loose or damaged parts. {E.{E.
according to the manufacturers
instructions. • Before welding or using a torch on
the machine, clean the area to be
repaired.
13
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

~ MACHINE OPERATION ~
'er} 'er}
33
"'C "'C • Check all controls in a clear area • Electrical cables, gas pipes, water

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) Q)
and make sure the machine is
operating correctly.
pipes, sewers, or
underground objects can cause
other

injury or death, learn the location

• Do not allow other persons to ride
;-3
•• CD on the machine. Other persons
of underground hazards before
........ can fall or can cause an accident.
you operate your machine in a
<OQ new area.
(Os
lc.nl • Dust, fog, smoke, etc., can
............ • If this machine rolls over, you can
decrease your vision and cause an
....i.1 be injured or killed. You must make
I c, accident. Stop the machine or
NO a judgement if weather, road, or
N- decrease the speed until you can
earth conditions will permit safe
see everything around you in the
operation on a hill, ramp, or rough
work area.
ground.
---i • Contact with high voltage power
JJ • Stay away from hazardous areas
lines, underground cables, etc.,
~ such as ditches, overhangs, etc.
---i can cause serious injury or death
I Walk around the work area before
from electrocution.
en you start and look for hazards.
m • Before you drive or operate in an
0 • Be alert and always know the
G) area with high voltage lines or
m location of all workers in your area.
cables, call the local One-Call
Keep All other persons completely
System in your area to identify
away from your machine. Injury or
underground utilities. If you don't
death can result if you do not
know the number for the local
follow these instructions.
One-Call System in your area, dial
the national One-Call referral • Operate the machine controls from
number toll free, 1-888-258-0808 the operators seat only.
for this information. You MUST
• Keep the loader bucket (front
HAVE THE POWER
attachment) low when moving
DISCONNECTED OR KEEP A
around the work area and be
SAFE WORK DISTANCE from the
careful when you raise the load to
lines or cables. You must know the
dump.
safe working distance from the
high voltage power equipment and • Before you operate the backhoe in
must know any federal state/ an area where your visibility is
provincial, or local safety codes or reduced, such as next to a
regulations that apply to the job building, etc. always install a guard
site. rail and warning signs to keep
other persons away from your
• DO NOT operate the machine
machine.
while under the influence of
alcohol or drugs.
14
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

PARKING THE MACHINE

C:
0
C: :.:;
• When you park the machine and • If the loader lift arms are raised, co
0
;E
before you leave the operators always install the support strut co I,,.

seat, check the seat bar for correct before you service the machine. E.E
operation. The seat bar, when
• Always face the machine and use
o-~
raised, engages the parking latch - G)

and locks the loader controls. See

the hand rails and steps when ·-
C: -co

Testing the Seat Bar, page 128 to

getting off. Do not rush and do not !a.
jump from the machine. .!!E
check for correct operation. Lower C. G)

the lift arms and stop the engine. E->,G)

Follow the instructions on Parking - a.
coG)
the Machine, page 51 for parking :2.~
the machine. .c: "O

llJ
--
00
II +
!:: !::

& WHEELS AND TIRES SAFETY & (!)

0
llJ
(f)
<C<C

I
f-
WARNING: 00 NOT weld to wheel or rim when a tire is installed. Welding ~
will cause an explosive air/gas mixture that will be ignited with high a:
f-
temperatures. This can happen to tires inflated or deflated. Removing air
or breaking bead is not adequate. Tire MUST be completely removed from
the rim prior to welding. SB134

WARNING: Explosive separation of the tire and/or rim parts can cause
injury or death. When tire service is necessary, have a qualified tire -N
ON
I
,.... ,,....
mechanic service the tire. 84-113 CJ
,....
I I
2: U')
0~
CAST DUCTILE IRON .. ,....
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
• Before you weld, cut or drill holes
in a part on this machine, make
sure the part is not cast ductile
iron. See your dealer if you do not
• Unauthorized modifications to cast
ductile iron parts can cause injury
or death. Welding, cutting, or
drilling can cause cast ductile iron
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

know if a part is cast ductile iron. to break. Do not weld, cut, or drill {E.{E.
to repair or to attach items to cast
ductile iron parts on this machine.

15
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

UTILITY SAFETY
'er} 'er}
33 Safety precaution MUST be followed when working near buried Utility Lines.
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) Q)
During operation it is likely that you will
be working around or near buried
;-3
•• CD
utility lines which may include, but are
........ not limited to:
<OQ
(Os • Electrical Power Line
lc.nl
............ • Gas Line
....i.1
I c,
NO • Water Line
N-
• Communication Line - Telephone
or Cable Television
---i Before beginning any digging or
JJ
other construction work it is your
~
---i
responsibility to be aware of all
I such utility lines buried in the area
en of your project and to avoid them.
m
0
G)
m ALWAYS have local utility companies
mark the location of their lines or call
one of many "One Call System RH99E031

Directory" Services such as "Digger Know the utility color code:

Hotline". Electric .......................................... Red
Gas, Oil or Petroleum ............... Yellow
If you do not know the local the local Communication, Telephone,
number, call the national number Television ............................... Orange
(U .S.A. only): 1-888-258-0808. Water ............ ............................... Blue
Sewer .. ... ...... ..... ...... .... .. Green/Brown
There are laws with very strict Proposed Excavation ... ......... ... .. White
penalties requiring you to follow Surveying ...................................... Pink
proper procedures to avoid existing
utilities. After location the utility lines, carefully
dig a hole by hand and or with air
vacuum equipment to the utility line to
verify the location and depth of the
line.

16
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

~ MAINTENANCE
C:
0
C: :.:;
• Before you service the machine, put co
0
a Do Not operate tag on the
instrument panel. One Do Not
• • ;E
co
E.E
I,,.

Operate tag is included with your

DO NOT
o-~
machine. Additional tags part - G)
·-
C: -co
number 321-4614, are available OPERATE !a.
from your dealer. .!!E
C. G)
Reason _ _ __
See Other Side
E->,G)
- a.
coG)
:2.~
.c: "O

--
Signed b y
00
321-4614
II +
llJ !:: !::
(!)
• Improper service or repair can • Metal chips or debris an cause eye 0
<C<C
llJ
cause injury or death. If you do not injury. Always wear eye or face
(f)
understand a service or protection when you use a I
adjustment procedure, see the hammer on this machine. Use a f-
service manual for this machine or hammer with a soft face such as ~

see your dealer. brass, to drive hardened pins.

a:
f-

• Unauthorized modifications to this • When you service this machine,

machine can cause injury or always wear face or eye
death. Do not make unauthorized protection, safety shoes, and other
modifications to this machine. protective items as required.
Always see your dealer before you
-N
weld, cut or drill holes in your Pressurized Hydraulic ON
CJ I
machine. Fluid and Grease ,.... 1,-
,....
• If you must service this machine I I
2: U')
with engine running, have another Hydraulic fluid or grease injected into 0~
person help you. Follow the your skin can cause severe injury or .. ,....
G) ••
instructions in this manual or the death. Keep your hands and body E!
service manual. DO NOT LEAVE away from any pressurized leak. If co co
zc
THE OPERATORS SEAT WITH
THE ENGINE RUNNING.
fluid is injected into your skin, see a
doctor immediately and have the fluid
removed.
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

17
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

'er} 'er}
& SAFETY DECALS &
33
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) Q)
WARNING: Injury or death can result if you cannot read a safety decal or
if a safety decal is missing. Replace any missing or damaged safety decal
and keep all safety decals clean. See your dealer for new safety decals.
SC002
;-3
•• CD
........
<OQ Make sure that you can read all safety You must replace a decal if the decal is
(Os decals and all instruction decals. Check damaged, the decal is missing or the
lc.nl
............ these decals every day before you decal cannot be read.
....i.1 start. Clean these decals if you cannot
I c, If a decal is on a part that is replaced,
NO read the words.
N- make sure you install a new decal on
When you clean the decals, use only a the new part. See your dealer for new
cloth, water and soap. Do not use decals.
---i solvent, gasoline, etc.
JJ
~
---i
I
en
AwARNING
m BATTERIES CONTAIN ACID AND EXPLOSIVE
GAS. EXPLOSION CAN RESULT FROM
0 SPARKS, FLAMES, OR WRONG CABLE CON-
G) NECTIONS- TO CO)IINECT JUMPER CABLES
m OR CHARGER, SEE MANUAL(S) FOR THE
CORRECT PROCEDURE. FAILURE TO
FOLLOW THE ABOVE INSTRUCTIONS CAN
CAUSE SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR
DEATH .

321-6714

RD98C078
AWARNING
WAONC JUMPUI CAILI
CONNl!CTIONI TO ITAIITl!II
TERMINALS OR SHORTING
ACROSS THI STARTER
TERMINALS CAN CAUSE
THI! MACHINE TO MOVE
SUDDl!NLY OUT OF
CONTROL . YOU CAN BE IN-
JURED QA KILLl!D.

USE T>1E CORRECT METHOD

SHOWN IN THE OPEAATOA·S
MANUAL TO CONNECT
JUMPEII CAIILE!I TO 9TAIIT
THE ENC.IN!

32 1-67 18
RD98C078

18
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

C:
A DANGER 0
C: :.:;
..... ;·•··:, AVOID INJURY OR DEATH 0 co
. Before leaving the seat
• Lower lift arms to ground or
;E
co I,,.
install lift arm support strut
E.E
~ • Stop engine

Part failure or moving a control

lever can cause lift arms to drop -
o-~ G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)

A21757 120950A1
E-
G) >,
-G) a.
co
:2.~
.c: "O
A DANGER
AVOID INJURY DR DEATH

K••P out of ttiis area when lift

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
arms are raised unless support- 0
ed by the lift arm support strut llJ
(f)
Part failure or moving a control
lever can cause lift arms to I
drop.
f-
~
a:f-
RD98C079 120951A1

AwARNING -N
ON
CJ I
AVOID ,.... 1,-
,....
INJURY OR DEATH I I
2: U')
BEFORE LEAVING THE
SEAT: 0~
.. ,....
• LOWER LIFT ARM G) ••
• STOP ENGINE
• RAISE SEAT BAR E!
co co
• MOVE LOADER
zc
RD98C067
CONTROLS UNTIL

-------
LOCKED

If SEAT BAR DOES NOT

STAY UP, ENGAGE
--
a.a.
G) G)
co co
EE
SEAT BAR LOCK
{E.{E.
140124A1

19
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

'er} 'er}
33
"'C "'C
AWARNING
--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) Q)
ROTATING FAN
;-3
•• CD
CONTACT CAN INJURE
KEEP CLEAR
........
<OQ
(Os
lc.nl
............ RD98C072 321-6686
....i.1
I c,
NO
N-

---i
JJ AwARNING
~
CHECK ANO SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM ACCORDING TO MAINTEN-
---i ANCE INSTRUCTIONS
I HOT COOL.ANT CAN SPRAY OUT IF RADIATOR CAP IS REMOVED.

en TO REMOVE RADIATOR CAP: LET SYSTEM COOL; TUA"'! TO Flf~ST

NOTCH; THEN WAIT UNTIL ALL PRESSURE IS RELEASED
m SCALDING CAN RESULT FROM FAST REMOVAL OF RADIATOR CAP.
0
G)
m

RD98C072 321-6672

A DANGER

Starting in gear can

cause death. Start engine
RD98C071
only from operator seat
with transmission
control(s) in NEUTRAL.
CA 321-7040

321-7040

20
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

C:
0
C: :.:;
0 co
;E
co I,,.

E.E
-
o-~ G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E->,
G)
B876410V
-G) a.
co
PROCEDURE T O USE TH E SUPPORT STRU- :2.~

--
PROCEDURE TO PUT THE SUPPORT STRUT IN STORAGE
AwARNING 1. MAKE SURE THE LOADER B UCKET I S EMPTY
LOWER THE LOADER LIFT ARMS TO THC GROUND
AND STOP THE ENOINE.
1. START THE ENGINE AND RAISE THE LOADER LIFT ARMS
APPROXIMATELY ONE OR TWO INCHES (is TO 55mm •.
.c: "O
IF YOU SERVICE THE MACHINE WITH LOADER LIFT ~- REMOVE THE PIN F<I OM THE 5UPPOA- ST"UT ANO
LOW[R THE SUPPORT s-RUT ONTO - HE LIFT
2. STOP THE ENGINE AND RAISE BOTH SEAT BAHS. MAKE
SURE THE LOADER CONTROLS ARE LOCKED. REMOVE 00
ARMS RAISED, ALWAYS USE THE SUPPORT CYLI NDERS . SUPPORT STRUT PIN. RAISE SUPPORT STRUT TO THE
3. START THE ENG INE AI\D SLOWLY i:.t.lSE THE
II +
STORAGE POSITION AND INSTALL PIN .
STRUT. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THIS PROCEDURE LOADER LI FT ARM S UN TI L TiiE SU11 PCRTSTRUTIS J. SIT IN THE SEAT, PUSH BOTH SEAT BARS DOWN. AN □
nu; Li n llJ
CAN CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH IF THE
ON C'f'LINO[R ROD S~WLY LCWER THE
LOAD ER LIFT ARM S UNTIL TH E SUPPOF.T STRUT
LOWER THE LOADER LIFT ARMS TO THE GROUND. !:: !::
(!)
LOAOER LIFT ARMS ARE LOWERED BY ACCIDENT.
MAKE S CON TACT WITH Tt-- E !..lrt CVLINO;':R TV6E
4 . IN STAL.l. T H :' PIN IN T H I" SU"P:JR"!" !ST'l'll)T
0
<C<C
321-7029 llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:f-

-N
ON
CJ I
,.... 1,-
,....
I I
2: U')
A21804 0~
.. ,....
G) ••
BEfORE STARTING lNG •Nl <,\S TEN SEAT BlLT E!
co co
.&WARNING STUDY OPERATOR'S MANUAL SAFETY MESSAGFS. IHAD All SAHTY Sl(;NS
.&WARNING
zc
--
ON MACHINE ANO C LEAR T HE ARE.:I OF O TH[R PERSONS
L~ARN: I!,: PRAC Y I (.( , sAr[:.u s.\o r " C0 1'1"1,R0 ~.s ~ B[ ro 'nr : ~PfRA,TINC\
,a ~H~EI01 U M X - 1 ' 0 • IN! TOA00101 .. JU"'0U1<0
UNH•· " 0 ,.;,~"'"' '"0VlMf"' ~
~o~.~~~-~~~L:H~~~~~o~T~:~~~.A• G) G)
'"HH•' <ON!Ho, ""' ,u , ,o, ;. ,n o .. A • '" ' ' · ··~ • A o<, .. ,.., , . .. •OS"'" '" ou• ,.. G ·c . .. . '"' " ., . . , ,.,.
A<I
""'" A " . . .. , ''" ,r ., •• SLOW s , 110, co,· , ""'"''" ' ' "'"" ••, ... ,.,., .,.,.,... ,_ " "'"'" "'""' DO'"°' .... o~,..,,. , WHOfO Ll .. VING • ,NrLO.._U
, . , , , , 1rn,i,..,,,.,,uc,,o, o ollOlol • • •o •e cust ., , c,,:,,01 ~• ""' " ' " , . , ,. • ._.,,. "'' " ' 1 , n ., •o • >!hH'.1•~ ,oADIO UMS TO coou•o
• • o"'~" " "" "' ,,., .. ~
co co
■ Po•< M & <. H ' " ' , " " " "'"'HOT o, o"~uon BOO~ ,,.a .,.
' oJSI HloN SP<IO >O • HIIL.,D> n• ""- '"P u•o•• lOAOEA .. OMSO• &TTACHMn U
O ... ~ . , _ , .. $T H 0 " " O"' " "'

a.a.
0,
& . .«HOH IN~,INr WMI,_ LUV I..C "'0.C "•'"f
• n ,oo:•
s,,..,...,..,. ,n .,,..,,,. ,
I LE~ATID cu .. ~ o ' " " " ' . , , o . , IMPORTA .. T ,,. ""'"' ~" ' " '" '
,.,; ,_, , ••& ,n " '""" "
, o_o,, , ' " " "
.-,,, w • •• '" " "
. ,.. c o .,, ..
L . , . , . _ . . . -. . ., • •
, , . . , _• . ,
•.& •• •~ • ·" " ,,,.,,.
, ,.,, • . , . , , ' •n • •o,.... U &U P•
Ll&VI& .. , ..... o•
so"""'"'"'
u■•
"'"'"'"
WHEB CM O<:• •

EE
321-6460
{E.{E.

21
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

'er} 'er}
33
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
A CAUTION
CZ ALWAYS INSPECT COUPLER-LATCH
0) Q)
PIN ENGAGEMENT BEFORE
;-3
•• CD OPERATING VEHICLE
........
<OQ
(Os
lc.nl
............ B4054990 D137186J
....i.1
I c,
NO
N- D100 and D1 00XR Backhoes

-i
JJ
~
-i
I
en
m
0
G)
m

AwARNING
B4051390 KEEP CLEAR OF THIS AREA
SWINGING BOOM CAN CRUSH.
OPERATE BACKHOE FROM
OPERATOR'S SEAT ONLY.
ANY OTHER METHOD COULD RESULT IN
INJURY TO OPERATOR OR BYSTANDERS.
321 - 4481

321-4481

ONE EACH SIDE

B4054090

22
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

HAND SIGNALS
It is recommended that you and the flagman on the job use hand signals for C:
communication. Before you start, make sure that you both understand the signals 0
C: :.:;
that will be used. 0 co
;E
co I,,.

E.E
-
o-~ G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E-
G) >,
-G) a.
co
:2.~
.c: "O
Start Engine
B197D059
Stop Engine
B197D025

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

BP97D022 BP97D023
Come To Me Move Away From Me
-N
ON
Move hands forward and rearward Move hands forward and rearward CJ I
(palms in). (palms out). ,.... 1,-
,....
I I
2: U')
0~
.. ,....
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.
BP97D030 BP97D060
Go This Far All Stop and Hold

23
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

'er} 'er}
33
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) Q)
;-3
•• CD
........
<OQ BI97D029 BI97D021
(Os Stop Emergency Stop
lc.nl
............
....i.1
I c, Move one hand back and forth. Move both hands rapidly back and forth
NO
N-

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m
0
G)
m
BI97D028 BI97D027
Raise Load or Bucket Lower Load or Bucket

BI97D020 BI97D026
Raise Load or Bucket Slowly Lower Load or Bucket Slowly

24
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

C:
0
C: :.:;
0 co
;E
co I,,.

E.E
-
o-~ G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
B197D034 B197D033
.!!E
Turn Machine Left - (Swing Load Left) Turn Machine Right - (Swing Load Right) C. G)
E-
G) >,
To stop movement, stop moving hand To stop movement, stop moving hand -G) a.
co
and make a fist. and make a fist.
:2.~
.c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

B197D063
Roll Back Loader Bucket Dump Loader Bucket

-N
ON
CJ I
,.... 1,-
,....
I I
2: U')
0~
.. ,....
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
Raise Backhoe Boom
BP97D057
Lower Backhoe Boom
BP97D055
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

25
 SAFETY/DECALS/HAND SIGNALS

'er} 'er}
33
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) Q)
;-3
•• CD
........
<OQ BI97D041 BI97D032
(Os Backhoe Dipper In Backhoe Dipper Out
lc.nl
............
....i.1
I c,
NO
N-

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m BI97D054 BI97D031
0
G) Backhoe Bucket Dig Backhoe Bucket Dump
m

26
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
C:
0
C: :.:;
co
0
;E
co :i...
E.E
o-~
- G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
BS99B073
E->,
NOTE: When the key switch is turned to ON, the warning lamps will illuminate for G)

2 seconds. If the warning lamps do not illuminate, see the service manual for this - a.
coG)
machine or see your dealer. :2.~
.c: "O
If all systems are normal, the green systems normal lamp is illuminated. If a yellow
warning lamp illuminates, stop at the end of the day or shift and correct the problem. If
a red warning lamp illuminates, stop the machine and correct the problem. llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
1. Systems Normal Indicator Lamp (Green) - This lamp illuminates (f)
and stays illuminated during machine operation until one or more of I
f-
the following conditions occur (1) low engine oil pressure, (2) high
~
hydraulic fluid temperature, (3) low alternator output, (4) system a:
f-
voltage below 11 volts, or (5) there is high engine coolant
temperature.

2. Fuel Level Gauge - This gauge illuminates to indicate the amount

Bu
of fuel in the fuel tank when the key switch is in the ON position. The
symbols indicate full fuel tank, half full fuel tank, or empty fuel tank.
The bottom lamp will start to flash when there is 14.4 litres {3.8 U.S. -CO
BS98M034
00
gallons) of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. The machine can be CJ I
IC\I
operated for approximately 1 hour before the fuel tank will be empty. T""C
I I
3. Hydraulic Filter Warning Lamp (Yellow) - This lamp illuminates 2: r--
when the engine is started and the hydraulic fluid is cold or when 0 ~
•• T""
the engine is running and the hydraulic filter is in need of service. If G) ••

the lamp is illuminated after 15 minutes of machine operation, or if E!

co co
BS990058
the lamp illuminates during machine operation, stop the engine and zc
service the hydraulic filter. If this lamp illuminates the systems
normal indicator lamp will stay illuminated and the warning alarm
will not actuate.
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

NOTE: If you have a problem, correct the problem. After you correct the problem, {E.{E.
start the engine. The warning lamps will stop illuminating, the warning alarm will
stop sounding and the systems normal indicator lamp will illuminate.

27
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
'er} 'er}
33
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
;-3
•• CD
........
<OQ
(Os
1--.i I B899B073
c....i.
I\) I NOTE: When the key switch is turned to ON, the warning lamps will illuminate for
I c, 2 seconds. If the warning lamps do not illuminate, see the service manual for this
co
a,- machine or see your dealer.
If all systems are normal, the green systems normal lamp is illuminated. If a yellow
warning lamp illuminates, stop at the end of the day or shift and correct the problem. If
---i a red warning lamp illuminates, stop the machine and correct the problem.
JJ
~
---i 4. Air Filter Warning Lamp (Yellow) - This warning lamp illuminates
I
en when the engine is running and the air filter requires service.
m
0
G)
m BS99D059

5. Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp (Red) - This lamp illuminates

when the engine is running and the engine oil pressure is too low.
Then, the warning alarm will actuate and the systems normal
indicator lamp will stop illuminating. Stop the engine and check for
BS99D060
the problem.

6. Alternator Warning Lamp (Red) - This lamp illuminates when the

f BS98M031
engine is running and there is a problem with the alternator. The
warning alarm will actuate and the systems normal lamp stops
illuminating. Make sure the engine speed is at full throttle to check
this warning lamp. Stop the machine and check the alternator
charging system.
7. Engine Temperature Warning Lamp (Red) - This lamp illuminates
when the engine is running and the engine temperature is too high.
Then, the warning alarm will actuate and the systems normal
indicator lamp will stop illuminating. Stop the engine and check for
BS99D061
problem.
NOTE: If you have a problem, correct the problem. After you correct the problem,
start the engine. The warning lamps will stop illuminating, the warning alarm will
stop sounding and the systems normal indicator lamp will illuminate.
28
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
C:
0
C: :.:;
co
0
;E
co :i...
E.E
o-~
- G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
BS99B073
E->,
NOTE: When the key switch is turned to ON, the warning lamps will illuminate for G)

2 seconds. If the warning lamps do not illuminate, see the service manual for this - a.
coG)
machine or see your dealer. :2.~
.c: "O
If all systems are normal, the green systems normal lamp is illuminated. If a yellow
warning lamp illuminates, stop at the end of the day or shift and correct the problem. If
a red warning lamp illuminates, stop the machine and correct the problem. llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
8. Hydraulic Temperature Warning Lamp (Red) - This warning lamp (f)
illuminates when the engine is running and the hydraulic fluid I
f-
temperature is too high. Then the warning alarm will actuate and the
~

BS99D062
system normal indicator lamp will stop illuminating. Stop the a:
f-
machine and check for the problem.

9. Battery Warning Lamp (Red) - This lamp illuminates and the

warning alarm sounds when the battery voltage falls below 11 volts.
Then, the systems normal indicator lamp will stop illuminating.

BS98M032 -CO
00
CJ I
10. Seat Belt Warning Lamp (Red) - This warning lamp is used to IC\I
T""C
tell you to fasten the seat belt. I I
(Q) 2: r--
0 ~
•• T""
BS99D063 G) ••
E!
11. Hourmeter - The hourmeter shows the total hours of engine co co
zc
B BS98M033
operation in hours and tenths of an hour. Use the hourmeter to
measure the time between the maintenance intervals. Hourmeter is
activated by engine oil pressure switch.
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

NOTE: If you have a problem, correct the problem. After you correct the problem, {E.{E.
start the engine. The warning lamps will stop illuminating, the warning alarm will
stop sounding and the systems normal indicator lamp will illuminate.

29
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

INSTRUMENT PANEL
'er} 'er} Early Production Machines
33
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
;-3
•• CD
........
<OQ
(Os
1--.i I
c....i.
I\) I
I c,
co
a,-

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m RD98C066
0
G)
m 1. KEY SWITCH - The key switch has four positions: ACC, OFF, ON and
START.

NOTE: See Starting the Engine, page 50 in this manual for the correct procedure
to start the engine.

- This b. Stop - Turn the key to

e
a. Accessory

fBS98M031
position energizes the
horn and light circuits.

BS96H076
this position to stop the
engine and deenergize
the electrical system.

c. On - This position d. Start - Turn the key to

{t) energizes the electrical

system and is the normal
position of the key when 6 this position to actuate
the starter motor to start
the engine.
BS96H078 the engine is running. BS96H077

30
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

INSTRUMENT PANEL
Early Production Machines C:
0
C: :.:;
0 co
;E
co :i..
E.E
o-~
- G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E-
G) >,
-G) a.
co
:2.~
..c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
RD98C066 ~

2. WORK LAMPS
a:
f-

Pull the light switch knob out to illuminate the lights. Push the knob
in for Off.

BS98M061
-CO
00
CJ I
3. ETHER STARTING AID BUTTON IC\I
T""C
I I
The ether starting aid button is used to put ether into the intake system each time 2: r--
you push and release the button. This system operates only when the key switch 0 ~
•• T""
is in the START position and the engine is cold. See Ether Starting Aid, page 53 G) ••

for the correct starting procedure when using ether. E!

co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

31
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

INSTRUMENT PANEL
'er} 'er} Late Production Machines
33
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
;-3
•• CD
........
<OQ
(Os
1--.i I
c....i.
I\) I
I c,
co
a,-

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m BD99E013
0
G)
m 1. KEY SWITCH - The key switch has four positions: ACC, OFF, ON and
START.

NOTE: See Starting the Engine, page 50 in this manual for the correct procedure
to start the engine.

- This b. Stop - Turn the key to

e
a. Accessory

fBS98M031
position energizes the
horn and light circuits.

BS96H076
this position to stop the
engine and deenergize
the electrical system.

c. On - This position d. Start - Turn the key to

© BS96H078
energizes the electrical
system and is the normal
position of the key when
the engine is running.
6
BS96H077
this position to actuate
the starter motor to start
the engine .

32
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

INSTRUMENT PANEL
Late Production Machines C:
0
C: :.:;
co
0
;E
co :i..
E.E
o-~
- G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E->,G)
- a.
coG)
:2.~
..c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
BD99E013 f-
2. WORK LAMPS ~
a:
f-
Depress this work lamp symbol on the switch to turn the work lamps
and the red tail lamps on. When the switch is returned to the center
neutral position, the work lamps are off.

BS96H046

-CO
3. WORK LAMPS 00
CJ I
IC\I
Depress this work lamp symbol on the switch and both the rear and T""C

g the front lamps are illuminated. When the switch is returned to the
center neutral position, the rear and front lamps are off. The red tail
2: r--
0 ~
I I

1/111 lamps do not illuminate when the front and rear work lamps are in •• T""
G) ••
BS96H045
operation. E!
co co
zc
4. THERMOSTART

A small amount of fuel leaks through the valve and flows over the
heating element when the switch is pressed and held for 20 to 25
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

seconds. For more information see pages 54 and 144. {E.{E.

BS98M060

33
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

ENGINE HAND THROTTLE

HORN BUTTON
'er} 'er}
33
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
;-3
•• CD
........
<OQ
(Os
1--.i I
c....i.
I\) I
I c,
co
a,-

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en RD98C082

m 1. ENGINE HAND THROTTLE: Push the engine hand throttle completely

0 forward for maximum engine speed. Pull rearward to decrease. It is
G)
m recommended that you run the engine at full throttle when you operate the
machine. Control the speed of the machine with the steering control levers.

NOTE: When operating the backhoe, run the engine at 1/2 throttle only.

IMPORTANT: If the machine has been working hard, run the engine at no load at
1/2 speed for about two or three minutes before stopping.

2. HORN BUTTON (Optional - If Equipped) : Push the horn button to actuate the
horn.

BACK-UP ALARM (Optional)

While driving backwards a signal sounds with intervals.
NOTE: If back-up alarm fails to sound when backing up, see your dealer for
repairs or replacement.

34
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

OPERATORS SEAT
C:
Standard Seat 0
C: :.:;
co
0
;E
co I,,.

E.E
o-~
- G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E->,G)
- a.
coG)
:2.~
.c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
RD98C082 f-
1. FORWARD/REARWARD ADJUSTMENT LEVER: Move the lever toward the ~
center of the seat to slide the seat forward or backward, release the lever to a:
f-
hold the seat in position.

NOTE: Caution: If the seat can not be adjusted tore or aft per the instructions and
the seat position does not allow for adequate reach to the controls, stop using the
machine until the adjustment problem is corrected.
-CO
2. SEAT BASE KNOB: Rotate the knob counterclockwise to loosen the seat 00
base. To remove seat and seat base see Operators Seat Removal, page 32. CJ I
IC\I
,....c
3. SEAT BELTS - Retractable type shown (If Equipped): See Seat Belt I I
2: r--
Procedure, page 41.
0 ~
4. RESTRAINT BAR ADJUSTMENT BOLT: To adjust restraint bar height for
.. ,....
G) ••
personal preference, loosen the lock nut and turn bolt clockwise or E!
counterclockwise to get desired height setting, then tighten lock nut.
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

35
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

OPERATORS SEAT
'er} 'er} Deluxe Seat - Optional
33
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
Early Production Machines

;-3
•• CD
........
<OQ
(Os
1--.i I
c....i.
I\) I
I c,
co
a,-

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m
0
G)
m
RD98C064

1. FORWARD/BACKWARD ADJUSTMENT: Move the lever to the left to slide

the seat forward or backward. Release the lever to hold the seat in position.
2. TENSION ADJUSTMENT KNOB: (Use this knob to adjust seat tension for
the operators weight). Rotate the knob to the left (counterclockwise) to
increase the tension (more support). Rotate the knob to the right (clockwise)
to decrease the tension (less support) .
3. BACKREST ADJUSTMENT BAR: Pull the bar up and slide the seat forward
or backward to change the backrest position. Release the bar to lock the
backrest into position.
4. SEAT BELTS - Retractable type shown (If Equipped): See Seat Belts
Procedure, page 41.
5. SEAT BASE KNOB: Rotate the knob counterclockwise to loosen the seat
base. To remove seat and seat base see Operators Seat Removal, page 38.

36
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

OPERATORS SEAT
C:
Deluxe Seat - Optional 0
C: :.:;
co
0
Late Production Machines ;E
co I,,.

E.E
o-~
- G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E->,G)
- a.
coG)
:2.~
.c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-
BD99E003

1. FORWARD/BACKWARD ADJUSTMENT: Move the lever to the left to slide

the seat forward or backward. Release the lever to hold the seat in position.
2. TENSION ADJUSTMENT KNOB: (Use this knob to adjust seat tension for
the operators weight). Rotate the knob to the left (counterclockwise) to -CO
increase the tension (more support) . Rotate the knob to the right (clockwise) 00
CJ I
to decrease the tension (less support). IC\I
T""C
I I
3. BACKREST ADJUSTMENT KNOBS: Pull the bar up and slide the seat 2: r--
forward or backward to change the backrest position. Release the bar to lock 0 ~
•• T""
the backrest into position. G) ••

4. SEAT BELTS - Retractable type shown: See Seat Belts Procedure, page 41. E!
co co
zc
5. SEAT BASE KNOB: Rotate the knob counterclockwise to loosen the seat
base. To remove seat and seat base see Operators Seat Removal, page 38. --
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

37
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

Operators Seat Removal

To remove seat and seat base:
'er} 'er}
33 a. For machines with retractable seat belts - without Operators Presence
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
System; lift, then pull and tilt seat forward to remove.
b. For machines with retractable seat belts - with Operators Presence
System; lift, then pull and tilt seat forward until bottom of seat can be
;-3 seen. Unplug the operator presence wire harness before removing seat
•• CD
...... .. from machine .
<OQ
(Os
c. For machines with non-retractable seat belts - without Operators
1--.i I Presence System; lift, and tilt seat forward to remove. Note: if machine is
c....i.
I\) I equipped with the deluxe seat option, remove the two tether seat belt
I c, mounting bolts before removing seat.
co
a,-
d. For machines with non-retractable seat belts - with Operators Presence
System; lift, and tilt seat forward until bottom of seat can be seen. Unplug
the operator presence wire harness before removing seat from machine.
---i Note: if machine is equipped with the deluxe seat option, remove the two
JJ
~ tether seat belt mounting bolts before removing seat.
---i
I
en Early Production Machines Late Production Machines
m
0
G)
m

RD98C069 BD99E004
1. OPERATORS PRESENCE WIRE 1. OPERATORS PRESENCE WIRE
HARNESS HARNESS

IMPORTANT: When installing seat assembly in machine, make sure the metal flat
washer is between the seat base knob and the seat plate before tightening to
prevent damage to the knob.

38
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

OPERATOR RESTRAINT SYSTEM

OPERATORS PRESENCE SYSTEM C:
0
These systems protect you during the operation of the machine and when you C: :.:;
leave the machine. The seat belt, seat bar, and operators presence related parts co
0
;E
are included in the systems. co 1-
E .E
This unit may be equipped with an "operators presence" system. The seat and
seat bar have sensors which detect if there is an operator sitting in the seat and if
o-~
- G)
the seat bar is up or down. This information is used to control the power going to ·-
C: -co

the fuel injection pump shut down solenoid. !a.

.!!E
C. G)
Seat Belts E->,G)

The seat belt keeps you within the protective area of the ROPS when you operate - a.
coG)
the machine. See Seat Belt Procedure, page 41 for correct operation and Torque :2.~
.c: "O
Specifications for Operators Seat, pages 138 - 141 for checking the belt and belt
mounting parts.

Seat Bar
llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
The seat bar is an additional restraining device and arm rest. When in the raised (f)
position the seat bar automatically engages the parking latch and locks the loader I
f-
lift arms and bucket before you leave the machine. Check the seat bar for correct
~
operation each day before you leave the machine. See Testing the Seat Bar, page a:
f-
128 for testing and adjusting .

Operators Presence:
In addition to the seat belt and seat bar your machine may be equipped with an
operators presence system. The system works as follows:
-CO
A. If you are sitting in the operators seat with the seat bar down, engine 00
CJ I
operating, you can operate the loader controls and the park pins are IC\I
,....c
disengaged. I I
2: r--
b. If you are sitting in the operators seat or are outside of the unit with the 0 ~
seat bar up, you can start the engine and it will continue to run. .. ,....
G) ••
(Example: when the operator is operating the backhoe attachment). With E!
the seat bar up, the loader controls are locked and the park pins are co co
zc
engaged.

c. With the engine running, if you get out of the machine and then attempt
to lower the seat bar to operate the loader controls from outside of the
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

unit, the engine will stop within two seconds. {E.{E.

NOTE: There is not a "two second" delay if the operator turns the ignition switch to
the OFF position with the engine running. The engine will stop immediately.
39
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

'er} 'er}
33
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
;-3
•• CD
........
<OQ
(Os
1--.i I
c....i.
I\) I
I c,
co
a,-
RD98C076
1. SEAT BELT 3. GAS STRUT
2. SEAT BAR 4. SEAT BAR LOCK
---i
JJ
~ IMPORTANT: The seat bar is held in the up position by a gas strut. If this gas strut
:i fails to hold the seat bar up for any reason, you MUST manually engage the seat
en bar lock. Stop the engine and remove the key. See your dealer for gas strut
m replacement. See Testing the Seat Bar, page 128 to check the seat bar.
0
G)
m

ffi

OF MACHINE
B899B068

WARNING: You can lose control of the machine if the engine stops and you

~
are on a hill. If the engine stops, IMMEOIA TEL Y lower the loader to the ground
and raise the seat bar completely to engage the parking latch. You or others
around you can be injured if you lose control of the machine. soogg

40
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

SEAT BELT PROCEDURE

C:
WARNING: Before starting the engine ensure seat belts are securely 0
fastened. The seat belt can help insure your safety if it is used and properly C: :.:;
co
0
~ maintained. Never wear a seat belt loosely or with slack in the belt system.
Never wear the belt in a twisted condition or pinched between the seat
;E
co I,,.

E.E
structural members. M422A
o-~
- G)
·-
C: -co
WARNING: Securely fasten your seat belt. Your machine is equipped with !a.
a ROPS cab, ROPS canopy or ROPS frame for your protection. The seat .!!E
C. G)
belt can help insure your safety if it is used and maintained. Never wear a E-
seat belt loosely or with slack in the belt system. Never wear the belt in a G) >,

twisted condition or pinched between the seat structural members. M437 -G) a.
co
:2.~
.c: "O
Non-Retractable Seat Belts
llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

BD99B0 11 BD99B012 -CO

FASTEN RELEASE 00
CJ I
IC\I
,....c
I I
2: r--
0~
.. ,....
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

BD99B0 13 BD99B014
TIGHTEN LOOSEN
41
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

Retractable Seat Belts

'er} 'er} 1. To latch the seat belt, pull the right 3. To unlatch the seat belt, press the
33 belt strap from the retractor. red button on the left side latch
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
2. Insert the metal end into the latch
mechanism on the left side of the
seat.
mechanism.

;-3
•• CD
........
<OQ
(Os
1--.i I
c....i.
I\) I
I c,
co
a,-

--i
JJ BK99A020
~
--i 4. The seat belt will automatically
I retract.
en BK99A019
m
0
G)
m

42
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

STEERING CONTROLS
Push both steering controls forward to C:
0
move the machine forward. Pull both C: :.:;
steering controls rearward to move the co
0
;E
machine in reverse. Move the controls co I,,.

forward a short distance for maximum E.E

power and slow speed. Move the o-~
control completely forward for - G)

maximum speed. ·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
IMPORTANT: Keep all control lever C. G)

movements smooth. E->,G)

Move both steering control levers to

- a.
coG)
BD99B0 15
1. STEERING CONTROLS NEUTRAL to stop the machine. :2.~
.c: "O

Pivot Turn Counter-Rotation Turn

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

B790598R B790597R
-CO
To pivot turn, hold control lever of 00
For a quick counter-rotation turn, pull CJ I
desired direction of turn in neutral IC\I
control lever of desired direction of turn
position, and slowly move other control T""C
rearward, while moving other control I I
forward (Left hand turn shown). 2: r--
forward (Left hand turn shown).
0 ~
•• T""
Gradual Turn For a gradual turn, move control lever G) ••

of desired direction of turn slowly E!

co co
forward while moving other lever zc
forward slightly farther/faster (Left
hand turn shown). --
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

B790599U

43
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

LOADER CONTROLS
Hand Levers
'er} 'er}
33 Q) 0 ®©
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
LEFT CONTROL Tlfi}_ 'T RIGHT CONTROL

CZ
0) 0)
;-3
•• CD
........
11~ ©-~ BS99B064

<OQ
(Os ROLLBACK
1--.i I
c....i.
I\) I
I c,
co
a,-

---i
JJ
~
---i DUMP
I
en
m
0
G)
m

HOLD (NEUTRAL)

0
BS99B065

When in FLOAT (DETENT), the bucket The loader lift arms and bucket stop
or attachment can follow the level of moving when the control lever is in
the ground without movement of the HOLD (NEUTRAL).
control lever.
NOTE: FLOAT (OETENT) function
occurs when moving.
44
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

LOADER CONTROLS
Foot Pedals C:
0
LEFT CONTROL RIGHT CONTROL C: :.:;
0 co
;E
0 RAISE
co
E.E
I,,.

o-~
- G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E-
G) >,
-G) a.
co
0 0 DUMP
:2.~
.c: "O

--
LOWER
00

t~ llJ
II +
!:: !::

~
(!)
0
<C<C
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
0 FLOAT 0 HOLD (NEUTRAL)
f-

-CO
00
CJ I
IC\I
T""C
0 I I
2: r--
0 ~
B797A069

Push the pedal completely down for The loader lift arms and bucket stop •• T""
G) ••
FLOAT (DETENT). When in FLOAT moving when both pedals are released E!
(DETENT) the bucket or attachment and return to HOLD (NEUTRAL). co co
zc
can follow the level of the ground
without movement of the control pedal.
NOTE: FLOAT (OETENT) function
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

occurs when moving.

{E.{E.

45
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

AUXILIARY HYDRAULIC ATTACHMENT CONTROLS

'er} 'er} With Hand Lever Loader Controls (If Equipped)
33
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
This control pedal actuates the
hydraulic cylinder of the front mounted
attachment (if equipped). Pushing the
right side of the pedal supplies oil flow
;-3
•• CD
........ to the male hydraulic coupler of the
<OQ unit. Push the left side of the pedal to
(Os supply oil flow to the female hydraulic
1--.i I coupler.
c....i.
I\) I
I c,
co NOTE: If the attachment operates
a,-
opposite than is shown, reverse the
two hose connections at the B099B0 10
1. PIN IN STORAGE POSITION
attachment.
---i
JJ If the attachment requires continuous With Foot Pedal Loader
~ hydraulic power (such as operating a
---i Controls (If Equipped)
I backhoe), push down on the right side
en of the control and install the pin, that is If your machine has foot pedal loader
m provided, in the power position. The controls for the loader, the right
0
G) pin will hold the control in the POWER steering control lever controls the
m position. A constant flow of oil will go to hydraulic attachment. For continuous
the attachment when the control is in power, push the control completely to
the POWER position. the right, remove pin from storage hole
and install the pin in the continuous
power hole.

POWER
POSITION

B099B009
1. PIN IN POWER POSITION
BS99B072
When not in use, store the pin in the 1. STORAGE HOLE
storage hole. 2. CONTINUOUS POWER HOLE

46
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

Single Direction High Bl-Directional High Flow

Flow Control Switch (If Control Switch C:
0
Equipped) (If Equipped) C: :.:;
0 CO
This switch is the control for an This switch is the control for an ;E
attachment connected to the high flow co I,,.
attachment connected to the high flow E.E
hydraulic connectors . Pull the control
switch out to engage hydraulic flow to
hydraulic connectors. Move the control
switch to the right to direct hydraulic flow o-~
'E G)
the attachment. Push the switch down through male coupler. Move the control ---
G)~
to disengage the attachment. The switch to the left to direct hydraulic oil
- C.
switch should be in the down position flow out of female coupler and change ~E
C. G)
when starting the engine. turn direction of the attachment. The E->,
G)
center position will disengage the
hydraulic flow to attachment. The control -G) C.
co
switch should be in the center position :2.~
.c: "O
when starting the engine.

llJ
(!)
--
00

--
II
<C<C
+
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-
A1909 2R3
1. SINGLE DIRECTION HIGH FLOW
CONTROL SWITCH

A1 9092 R4
1. Bl-DIRECTION HIGH FLOW CONTROL -CO
SWITCH 00
CJ I
IC\I
T""C
~ I I

•i
2: r--
0 ~
•• T""
G) ••
@ E .!
co co
zc

BS99B106 bllffl+
--
G) G)
co co
0.0.

•
EE
{E.{E.

BS99B 107

47
 INSTRUMENTS/CONTROLS

Backhoe Controls
'er} 'er}
33
G) 0 0
.. ,=
<~ .r,;
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
f!i\f ~;~ c:;l·
CZ
0) 0)
;-3
•• CD
........
<OQ
,·, ' ,.
~- .... ! .... •
t

,'
..
li. ..
t
•i
,f
•-•"
t
+-•-+ \~)
J
(Os
1--.i I
c....i.
I\) I
I (")
!' 1. BOOM 3. DIPPER
~
··&
co AND AND
a,- SWING BUCKET

-i
JJ
~
-i
I
en
m
0
G)
m

)>)>
;::; ;::;

--a:
B899B108
+ II
00
a. :::r
c;;·
"2., CD
0)
'< -CD
-3
CD "'C
3 Q)
"2.m
0) - ·
-:::::i
CD -
:;·Q
-30)
Q
3 :::t.
0) 0
:::t. ::I
0
::I

48
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

RUN-IN PERIOD OF A NEW MACHINE

C:
Engine 0
C: :.:;
co
0
During the first 20 hours of operation for a new machine, or if you rebuild the ;E
engine, make sure you do the following:
co I,,.

E.E
1. Operate the machine with normal loads for the first 8 hours. Do not work the o-~
engine hard at stall speeds (wheels turning slow or stopped and engine speed - G)

at full throttle.) ·-
C: -co
!a.
2. Keep the engine at normal operating temperatures. .!!E
C. G)

3. Do not run the engine at idle speeds for long periods of time. E->,G)
- a.
coG)
Run-In Maintenance Schedule :2.~
.c: "O
Wheel Nuts

When the machine is new or when a wheel is removed for service, check the
llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
wheel nuts every two hours of operation until the nuts remain tight. The torque for llJ
(f)
the wheel nuts is 155 to 170 Nm (115 to 125 pound-feet).
I
f-
Hydraulic Filter ~
a:
f-
Replace the hydraulic filter after the first 20 hours of operation if the machine is
new or if a major component is replaced. See Hydraulic System, page 118.

Drive Chains

Check as required and adjust the drive chains after the first 20 hours of operation -CO
00
if the machine is new or if the drive chains are replaced. See Drive Chains, page CJ I
IC\I
122. T""C
I I
2: r--
0 ~
•• T""
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

49
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

ENGINE OPERATION
'er} 'er}
WARNING: Before you start the engine, read and understand the
33 operators manual and the safety decals for this machine. ALWAYS fasten
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
the seat belt and pull seat bar down. Make sure all persons are away from
the machine. scoo4

;-3
•• CD Walk-Around Inspection
........
<OQ Do the following items each day before 5. Clean or replace any safety decal
(Os
1--.i I you start the engine. or instructional decals that cannot
c....i. be read.
I\) I 1. Check for leaks under the machine.
Ic,
co Repair all leaks and clean the area 6. Clean the hand rails, step and
a,-
with solvent or soap and water in a operators compartment. Make sure
pressure washer. all loose items are removed from
the machine.
---i
2. Check the tires for damage.
JJ 7. See the maintenance charts, page
~
3. Check for broken, damaged, lose,
89 and do the items in the section
---i or missing parts. Replace, tighten,
I marked Every 10 Hours of
or adjust as required before you
en operate this machine.
Operation.
m
0
G) 4. Clean all debris from the machine NOTE: If this is a new machine, or a
m especially around the engine and machine with a new or rebuilt engine,
radiator. Check the engine and see Run-In Period Of A New Machine,
engine area. page 49.

Starting the Engine

1. Adjust the seat and fasten the seat 5. Turn the key switch to ON. All
belt. warning lamps will illuminate for 2
seconds.
2. Pull the seat bar down.
6. Turn the key switch to START,
3. Warn all persons in the area that
Release the key as soon as the
you are going to start the engine.
engine starts.
4. Push the throttle forward about 25
7. If the engine starts and stops, do
mm (one inch).
not actuate the starter motor again
until the starter stops turning.
NOTE: If the weather is cold, see
Operating in Cold Weather, page 52 for
starting aids.

50
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

NOTE: Do not operate the starter Parking the Machine and

motor more than 1O to 15 seconds at
one time. Let the starter motor cool for
Stopping the Engine C:
0
three minutes before you actuate the IMPORTANT: If you must temporarily C: :.:;
starter motor again. While the starter park the machine on a hillside, put the
co
0
;E
motor is engaged, white or black front of the machine toward the bottom co I,,.

smoke must seen at the exhaust pipe. of the hill. Make sure the machine is E.E
If no smoke is seen, check the fuel behind an object that will not move. o-~
- G)
supply.
1. Park on level ground and lower the ·-
C: -co

8. After the engine starts, check the loader bucket to the ground. !a.
instruments to make sure the .!!E
C. G)
indications are correct. Run the 2. Run the engine at 1/2 speed for E->,
engine at about 1/4 throttle until the two or three minutes, if the engine G)

has been working at full load. This - a.

co
engine coolant is warm. G)
procedure will cool the engine parts :2.~
.c: "O
Engine Speed
Do not run the engine at idle speed for
long periods. This can cause a low
evenly.
3. Turn the key to OFF to stop the
engine. llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
operating temperature. Low operating 0
4. Remove the key raise the seat bar llJ
temperature can cause acids and and release the seat belt. Always (f)

deposits in the engine oil. It is use the hand rails and steps when I
f-
recommended that you run the engine leaving. ~
at full throttle when operating
NOTE: The parking latch is engaged
a:
f-
conditions permit and when safe.
automatically.
IMPORTANT: When you operate the
backhoe, it is recommended that you
run the engine at 1/2 throttle.

WARNING: Jumping on or off the machine can cause an injury. Always

~ face the machine, use the hand rails and steps, and get on or off the
machine slowly. SA038

.. ,....
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

51
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

OPERATING IN COLD WEATHER

'er} 'er} Cold weather conditions can cause Make sure to check for water in the fuel
33 special problems. During these system. Cold temperatures can cause
"'C "'C conditions, your machine will require water to collect in the fuel tank. Check

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
special attention to prevent serious
damage. Cold weather maintenance
will extend the service life of your
the fuel tank for water. If no water is
found, extend the interval. See
Draining Water from Fuel System, page
;-3
• • CD
machine. 115 .
........ 1. BATTERY AND ELECTRICAL 4. COOLING SYSTEM : Check the
<OQ
(Os SYSTEM: Clean the battery and coolant mixture before you operate
1--.i I make sure the battery is at full in cold temperatures. A mixture of
c....i.
I\) I charge. 50% ethylene glycol and 50%
I c, water must be used in this
co
a,- NOTE: A fully charged battery at -17°C
machine. This mixture is used if the
(0 'F) has only 40 percent of the normal
lowest ambient temperature is
starting power. Then, when the
above -37'C (-34 ' F). It is
temperature decreases to -29 'C (-
---i recommended that ethylene glycol
JJ 20 'F), the battery has only 18 percent
and water he used in your machine
~ of the power remaining.
---i all year.
I NOTE: If you add water to the battery
en and the temperature is below 0 'C
5. COLD TEMPERATURE STARTING
m AIDS: See your dealer for extra
0 (32 'F), make sure you charge the
G) starting aids such as battery heater,
m battery or run the engine for
engine oil heater, coolant heater, etc.
approximately two hours. This
procedure will prevent battery freezing.
Before You Move the
Inspect the battery cables and Machine in Cold
terminals. Clean the terminals and
spray a coat of battery terminal Temperatures - to
protector to prevent corrosion. Prevent Damage to the
2. LUBRICANTS: Use the correct Hydrostatic Transmission
viscosity oil in each component. As
IMPORTANT: Below 0 'C (32'F), run
an example: SAE 30 engine oil at
the engine at 1/2 throttle for 10 minutes
0' C (32 ' F) increases the starting
with the transmission controls in the
load by about 250 percent. Make
NEUTRAL position. Do not operate the
sure you follow the recommended
hydraulic cylinders rapidly or against
oil filter service as shown in this
the stops rapidly until the hydraulic oil
manual.
is warm. Increase the engine speed to
3. DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM: Check 3/4 throttle and move the transmission
with your fuel supplier for the control levers to 1/4 forward. Move the
correct cold weather fuel. Diesel machine at no load for one minute or
engine power will be reduced if until the transmission runs normally.
wax particles are in the fuel filter.

52
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

ETHER STARTING AID

Early Production Machines C:
0
C: :.:;
WARNING: Starting fluid (ether) can cause injury or death. An explosion co
0
can result if sparks, flame, or extreme heat contact the ether in the starting ;E
co I,,.
fluid container. Do not breathe starting fluid vapors. Wear face protection E.E
when you remove or install a starting fluid container or when you use an
aerosol spray starting fluid. Use starting fluid according to instructions in
o-~
- G)
this manual. SA039 ·-
C: -co
!a.
Important Rules When Using 5. When temperature is above 1.6°C .!!E
C. G)
(35 °F), remove the starting fluid
Ether
container from the machine.
E->,G)
1. Know the correct method for - a.
coG)
starting your engine with ether. 6. Before you discard an empty
container use rubber gloves and
:2.~
.c: "O
2. If you weld, grind , or use a cutting
torch on the machine, always
remove the starting fluid container
from the machine. Use
push the valve in the end of the
container to remove any pressure.
Do not make a hole in the container llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
and do not put the container in a 0
compressed air to remove any llJ
fire. (f)
ether fumes from the area.
7. Do not store extra containers in the I
f-
3. Do not breathe the ether vapor or operators area. ~
let the ether touch your skin.
8. Always read the instructions on the
a:
f-
4. Keep the starting fluid container out ether container.
of the reach of children.

Starting the Engine

The ether start aid injects a measured -CO
00
amount of ether in the engine during CJ I
IC\I
cold weather starting. T""C
I I
1. See Starting the Engine, page 50 2: r--
and use the correct procedure to 0 ~
•• T""
start the engine. RD98C066
G) ••

2. Push the throttle 1/4 open.

1. ETHER START BUTTON E!
co co
NOTE: The ether start aid system will zc
3. Actuate the starter motor.
4. Push and release the ether start
button. If the engine does not start
operate until the engine temperature
goes above 12.7° C (55 ° F). The ether
start aid system will only operate after
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

after two attempts, check the the engine temperature has dropped
supply of ether in the container.
{E.{E.
below 1.6° C (35 ° F).

NOTE: Before you replace the cold start can, read the instructions and warnings
on the can.
53
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

THERMOSTARTSYSTEM
'er} 'er} Late Production Machines
33
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
Starting the Engine
1. See Starting the Engine, page 50.
Press the thermostart button for
2. Turn the key to the START
position. Release the key as soon
as the engine runs.
;-3 ten to fifteen seconds, but no
•• CD
...... .. IMPORTANT: If the engine starts and
longer than twenty five seconds .
<OQ then stops do not engage the starter
(Os motor again until the starter motor
1--.i I stops turning. Do not operate the
c....i.
I\) I starter motor for more than 30 seconds
I c,
co at one time. Let the starter motor cool
a,-
for 3 minutes before you engage the
starter motor again.

--i
3. If any warning lamp except the
JJ Systems Normal warning lamp, is
~ illuminated, stop the engine and
--i
I BD99E014
check for the problem immediately.
en 1. THERMOSTART SWITCH
m
0
G)
m

54
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Thermostart System
C:
0
C: :.:;
co
0
;E
co I,,.

E.E
o-~
- G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E->,G)
- a.
coG)
:2.~
.c: "O

184579
llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
Method of Operation (f)
I
f-
Turn the key to the ON position. Depress and hold the coldstart rocker switch for ~
20 to 25 seconds. Turn the key to the START position to start the engine. a:
f-

During the heat cycle, a nichrome wire element heats the fuel control valve in the
flamestart device. Differential expansion of the valve components cause the valve
to open. When the engine is cranked, the transfer pump fuel pressure causes a
small amount of fuel to leak through the valve and flow over the heating element.
The element is hot enough to ignite the fuel and this preheats the incoming air.
-CO
After the engine starts, the incoming air cools. 00
CJ I
IC\I
T""C
I I
2: r--
0 ~
•• T""
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

55
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Booster Battery Connection to Machine Battery

'er} 'er}
WARNING: Wrong jumper cable connections or shorting across the
33 starter terminals can cause the machine to move suddenly out of control.
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
You can be injured or killed. Use the correct method shown on this page
to connect jumper cables to this machine. SAoos

;-3
•• CD
WARNING: Batteries contain acid and explosive gas. Explosion can
........ result from sparks, flames or wrong cable connections. To connect the
<OQ jumper cables correctly to the battery of this machine, see the correct
(Os
1--.i I
method shown on this page. Failure to follow these instructions can cause
c....i. serious injury or death. SA006
I\) I
I c,
co
a,- Two persons are required for this 4. Connect the positive (+) jumper
procedure. Make sure that the person cable to the positive ( +) battery
making the connections is wearing face terminal.
---i protection.
JJ 5. Connect the negative(-) jumper
~ 1. Remove the floor plate. cable to a good engine ground
---i away from the battery.
I 2. Sit in the operators seat and have
en the other person make the
m 6. Start the engine and have the other
0 connections. Make sure the jumper
G) person disconnect the negative (-)
m battery is 12 volts.
jumper cable first and the positive
3. If using another machine for power, (+) jumper cable last.
make sure the two machines do
7. Install the floor plate.
not touch.

RD98C044
1. POSITIVE(+) BATTERY TERMINAL 2. NEGATIVE(-) BATTERY TERMINAL

56
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

OPERATING IN HOT WEATHER

C:
To prevent damage to the machine, do 5. Use lubricants of the correct 0
the following: visibility. C: :.:;
co
0
;E
1. Keep the coolant at the correct 6. Use the correct solution of ethylene co I,,.

level in the coolant reservoir and in glycol and water in the cooling E.E
the radiator. system. o-~
- G)
2. Test the radiator cap before hot 7. Check the dust valve of the air ·-
C: -co
weather starts. Replace the cap as cleaner more frequently during !a.
required. extreme dust conditions. .!!E
C. G)

3. Clean all dirt and debris from the E->,G)

radiator and engine area. - a.
coG)

4. Check the condition of the drive :2.~

.c: "O
belt.

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

-CO
00
CJ I
IC\I
T""C
I I
2: r--
0 ~
•• T""
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

57
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

MACHINE OPERATION
'er} 'er} WARNING: Before you operate the machine, check the steering control
33 levers, instruments, warning lamps, engine throttle, and equipment
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
~
hydraulic controls. Also, check the seat bar. When the seat bar is in the UP
position, the parking latch is ENGAGED and the loader control levers are
locked in the NEUTRAL position.
If you know there is a malfunction, a missing part, or a part that needs
;-3
•• CD adjustment, stop the machine and correct the problem. scoo?
........
<OQ
(Os
1--.i I WARNING: Always know the location of all workers in your area. Warn
c....i. them before you start working the machine. Always keep all other persons
I\) I
I c, away from your area. Serious injury or death can result if you do not follow
co
a,- these instructions. SA015

1. Set the engine speed at full throttle 3. Keep all machine and loader
and control the machine speed with movements smooth. You can get
---i
JJ the steering control levers. more done in a shorter time with a
~ smooth work cycle.
---i 2. If you are a new operator, always
I operate the machine in an open 4. Keep the work area as smooth and
en area at a reduced machine speed level as possible.
m
0 until you get a feel of the controls. If
G) 5. Keep the work cycle as short as
m you move the steering controls too
possible.
fast the machine can start
bouncing. Just release the control 6. If you are working on a hard level
levers and the machine will stop. surface, select the narrow or non-
pneumatic tires . Then, when you
are working on soft ground or you
need more traction, use the wide
flotation tires.

A24234

58
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

OPERATING THE LOADER

C:
WARNING: When you operate, always keep all parts of your body inside 0
the operators compartment. Then, before you leave the operators seat, C: :.:;
co
~
0
always lower the loader bucket or attachment to the ground and stop the ;E
engine. You can be injured or killed if you do not follow these co I,,.

instructions. SA01 o E.E

o-~
- G)
WARNING: During loader operations, keep the loaded bucket as low as ·-
C: -co
possible. This low position lets you see in front of the machine and gives !a.
better machine balance. SA011 .!!E
C. G)
E->,G)
WARNING: Reduce the machine speed when working on rough ground. - a.
coG)
The machine can roll over if you drive too fast on rough ground. SA012
:2.~
.c: "O
WARNING: Raised equipment on the machine without an operator can
cause injury or death. Before you leave the operators compartment,
always support or lower the equipment (backhoe, blade, boom, bucket, llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
etc.) to the ground and stop the engine. CM105 0
llJ
(f)

Filling and Dumping the Bucket I

f-
~
1. Lower the lift arms against the 3. Carry the load low to the dump a:
stops, increase the engine speed area. f-
to full throttle an enter the stockpile
at about 1/4 speed.

-CO
00
CJ I
IC\I
BS99B11 0 T""C
I I
4. When in the dump area, raise and 2: r--
BS99B109 dump the bucket . Keep all 0 ~
2. Roll back and raise the bucket. movements smooth. •• T""
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

BS99B1 11
{E.{E.
BS99B112

59
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Operating on a Hillside or Ramp

'er} 'er} WARNING: Hillside operations can be dangerous. Rain, snow, ice, loose
33 h.._ gravel, soft ground, etc., change the ground conditions. You must make a
"'C "'C Lil judgment if your machine can be safely operated on any hillside or ramp.

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
SB013

WARNING: When you are operating on a hill, be ve,y careful. Do not turn
;-3
•• CD the machine sideways to the bottom of the hill. The machine can roll
...... .. •
<OQ over. SA014
(Os
1--.i I
c....i. Load in the Bucket
I\) I
I c, If you have a load in the bucket, drive the machine up the hill or back the machine
co
a,- down.

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m
0
G)
m
BS99B113 BS99B114

Bucket Empty
If the bucket is empty, drive the machine down the hill or back the machine up the
hill.

BS99B115 BS99B116

60
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

REAR WINDOW (If Equipped)

If by accident the front of the machine becomes blocked so that you can not exit C:
through the front of the machine, you can exit through the rear of the machine 0
C:-:.:;
after removing the rear window. Do the following: 0 co
;E
co :i..
1. Turn the key switch to OFF. E.E
2. Raise the seat bar.
o-~
- G)
C: -co
·-
3. Release the seat belt.
!a.
4. Locate the pull ring attached to the .!!E
C. G)
moulding filler strip of the rear E->,G)
window.
- a.
coG)
5. Pull the ring to remove the filler :2.~
strip. ..c: "O
6. Push the rear window out.
7. Exit the machine through the rear
llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
opening. 0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
6S99B117 ~
1. PULL RING
2. FILLER STRIP a:
f-

-CO
00
CJ I
IC\I
,....c
I I
2: r--
0 ~
.. ,....
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

61
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

CASE MECHANICAL COUPLER

'er} 'er} Installing a Bucket or 3. Push both Case Coupler levers
33 down to hold the bucket or
"'C "'C
Attachment attachment in place. Make sure the

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
IMPORTANT: Before installing a
bucket or attachment, make sure the
mounting area of the bucket and case
two wedges are completely down
and engaged.

;-3
• • CD
coupler is clean .
........ 1. Pull both Case Coupler levers up to
<OQ
(Os the vertical position. Fasten seat
1--.i I belt, lower seat bar, start the
c....i.
I\) I engine and rotate the Case
I c,
co Coupler out.
a,-

---i
JJ
~
---i B4132388
I
en NOTE: See Mechanical Coupler in this
m
0 manual for Coupler Attachment Fit-Up
G)
m and Wedge Adjustment.

Removing a Bucket or
B4132188 Attachment
1. CASE COUPLER LEVERS
1. Lift both Case Coupler levers up to
2. Move the machine forward and pick
the vertical position to disengage
up the bucket or attachment. Rotate
the wedges.
the bucket or attachment back.
2. Fasten seat belt, lower seat bar,
start the engine and rotate the
bucket or attachment out.
3. Lower the bucket or attachment to
the ground and slowly back
machine/Case Coupler away from
the bucket or attachment.

RD98C103

62
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

CASE PINNED COUPLER

C:
Installing a Bucket 3. Install both retaining pins.
C: :.:;
0
Attachment co
0
;E
co I,,.
1. Start the engine, lower seat bar, E.E
fasten seat belts and rotate the
Case Pinned Coupler out.
o-~
- G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E->,G)
- a.
coG)
:2.~
.c: "O

1. RETAINING PINS
B876587V

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
Removing a Bucket or 0
llJ
Attachment (f)

B876584V I
1. Remove both retaining pins. f-
2. Move the machine forward and ~
pickup the bucket attachment. 2. Remove both bucket mounting a:
f-
Rotate the bucket or attachment pins.
back and install the bucket
mounting pins. 3. Start the engine, lower seat bar,
fasten seat belts and rotate the
bucket or attachment out.
4. Lower bucket or attachment to the -CO
ground and slowly back the 00
CJ I
machine/Case Pinned coupler IC\I
T""C
away from bucket or attachment. I I
2: r--
0 ~
•• T""
G) ••
E!
co co
zc

1. BUCKET MOUNTING PINS

B876585V
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

63
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Case Pinned Coupler 3. Use a hammer and tap both upper

mounting brackets down into the
'er} 'er}
Adjustment bottom of the V of the Case Pinned
33 1. With the bucket or attachment Coupler.
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
installed, loosen the mounting bolts
of the upper mounting brackets.
4. Tighten all mounting bolts 34 to 47
Nm (25 to 35 pound-feet).

;-3
•• CD
........
<OQ
(Os
-...i I
lc....i.
I\) I
I c,
co
a,-

---i
JJ
B876583V
~ 1. MOUNTING BOLTS
---i
I 2. Tighten each mounting bolt to 14
en Nm (10.3 pound-foot).
m
0
G)
m

64
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

BACKHOE OPERATION
C:
WARNING: Before you operate the backhoe in an area where your 0
C: :.:;
visibility is reduced, such as next to a building, etc., always install a guard co
~
0
rail and warning signs to keep other persons away from your machine. ;E
co I,,.

SA062 E.E
o-~
- G)
WARNING: Before operating the backhoe, always be in the operators ·-
C: -co

seat. Serious injury or death can result if you do not follow these !a.
instructions. SA126
.!!E
C. G)
E->,G)

General IMPORTANT: Before you operate the - a.

coG)
backhoe for the first time, move the :2.~
Be a careful operator; you can prevent .c: "O

--
machine to an open area. Run the
accidents. Read the following engine at 1/3 throttle. Actuate each 00
information and the Safety section of backhoe control lever until each II +
llJ !:: !::
this manual. movement is smooth. (!)
<C<C
0
The backhoe will dig more material in llJ
(f)
less time when a smooth, short dig
I
cycle is used. A good operator is not f-
just a fast operator. Keep each dig ~
cycle smooth. a:
f-

WARNING: A working backhoe can injure or kill. Before you start, always
make sure that all persons are away from the DANGER AREA. SA061

-CO
00
CJ I
IC\I
T""C
I I
2: r--
0 ~
•• T""
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

B90 1631J

65
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Backhoe Controls
'er} 'er}
33 G) 0 0
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
"1'_, ~··(' --:1~
..,=
cf'

, ' ,. •-··
0) 0)
;-3 _lj) t t 1
•• CD
........ ~-
••
... ! .... • •i +-•-+
J
\~\
,'
<OQ
(Os
..
1-. .. ,f
!' ~
1--.i I
c....i.
I\)
Ic,
I -·&
co
a,-
1. BOOM 1. DIPPER
AND AND
SWING BUCKET

--i
JJ
~
--i
I
en
m
0
G)
m

BS99B108

Engine Speed
It is recommended that you run the engine at no greater than 1/2 throttle when
you operate the backhoe. If you are a new operator, move the machine to an open
area and operate the backhoe at a reduced engine speed. You must know the
operating speed of this backhoe before you operate in an area with other persons.

Hydraulic Power
See Hydraulic Power for the Backhoe, page 67 and set the foot pedal or hand
lever for continuous hydraulic power.

66
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Hydraulic Power for Backhoe

With Hand Lever Loader Controls
C:
0
The backhoe receives hydraulic power 3. Start the engine and run at 1/2 C: :.:;
from the auxiliary hydraulic system on speed. Operate the backhoe. co
0
the loader lift arms. Before you operate
;E
4. When you have finished operating co :i..
the backhoe, do the following. E.E
1. Remove the lock pin from the
the backhoe remove the lock pin
and install the lock pin in the
o-~
- G)
storage hole. storage hole. ·-
C: -co

2. Push down the right side of the

!a.
.!!E
control pedal and lock in the C. G)

POWER position with the lock pin. E->,G)

- a.
coG)
:2.~
.c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

B099B009
1. STORAGE HOLE 2. POWER POSITION

-CO
With Foot Pedal Loader 00
CJ I
Controls T""C
IC\I
I I
If your machine has foot pedal loader 2: r--
controls, the RH steering control lever 0 ~
•• T""
controls the hydraulic attachment. For G) ••
continuous power, push the control E!
completely to the right, remove the pin
co co
zc
from the storage hole and install the pin
in the continues power hole. --
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

BS99B072
{E.{E.
1. STORAGE HOLE 2. POWER HOLE

67
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Before You Dig with the Backhoe

NOTE: For the 0100 and D100XR backhoe see Transport Link, page 71.
'er} 'er}
33 1. Use the hand rails and step when you get into the machine.
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
;-3
•• CD
........
<OQ
(Os
1--.i I
c....i.
I\) I
I c,
co
a,-

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m
0
G)
m
A24235
1. HAND RAILS
2. STEPS

2. Fasten seat belt, lower seat bar,

st a rt t he en g i n e an d a I i g n t h e
machine with the digging area.
3. Adjust the engine speed to no
greater than 1/2 throttle.
4. Actuate the hydraulic power for the
backhoe. See Hydraulic Power for
the Backhoe, page 67.
5. Use the hand rails and carefully
move to the backhoe operators
seat.
A24263
6. Lower the stabilizers (wing type
shown, vertical type on page 74).

68
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

7. Always operate the backhoe from the backhoe operators seat only.

NOTE: Do not attempt to lower the seat bar with the machine running, the engine C:
0
will stop within 2 seconds. See Operator Restraint System/Operator's Presence C: :.:;
System, page 39. 0 co
;E
co :i..
E.E
o-~
- G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E-
G) >,
-G) a.
co
:2.~
..c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
A24263 llJ
(f)
NOTE: The transport link must be in the operating position to operate the I
f-
backhoe. See Transport Link, page 71 for the 0100 and d100XR backhoe.
~
a:
f-

-CO
00
CJ I
IC\I
,....c
I I
2: r--
0 ~
.. ,....
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

69
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Digging with the Backhoe

'er} 'er} WARNING: Always know the location of all workers in your area. Warn
33 them before you start working the machine. Always keep all other persons
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
away from your area. Serious injury or death can result if you do not follow
these instructions.

Filling the Bucket

SA015

;-3
•• CD
........ Fill the bucket by operating the boom, dipper, and bucket as necessary to keep
<OQ
(Os the bucket parallel with the cut. Let the bucket teeth and cutting edge cut through
1--.i I the ground like a knife blade. The type of material that you dig determines the
c....i.
I\) I depth of the cut.
I c,
co
a,-
Bucket Position Correct Trenching Cycle Method

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m
0 CORRECT
G)
m

WRONG
Bucket will dig-in
and cause a stall.

BS99C010

WRONG
IMPORTANT: Do not backfill a trench
Bucket is pushed up. with the backhoe by swinging the bucket
This will also slow the against the soil.
cycle time.

70
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

& WARNING: Before you start to work in a new area, walk around and look
for holes or obstructions. Failure to find hidden holes or obstructions can
cause an accident and injury. SA019
C:
0
C: :.:;
co
0
Procedure to Move the Transport Link D100 and ;E
co 1-
Machine When You Dig D1 00XR Backhoe E .E
o-~
Make sure that you check the area for - G)

obstructions, holes, etc., before you 1. Transport Locked Position ·-

C: -co

move the machine. Your visibility to the

!a.
.!!E
rear is reduced when you are digging C. G)

with the backhoe. E->,G)

- a.
coG)
When you move the machine, raise :2.~
the boom and retract the dipper. Raise .c: "O
the stabilizers. Move to the machine
operators seat, fasten the seat belt,
and pull the seat bar down. Carefully
llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
move the machine away from the hole 0
llJ
you are digging. Do not try to move (f)
the machine using the backhoe. I
f-
~
Moving the Backhoe Into B4137688
a:
f-
the Transport Position 2. Operating Position
1. Decrease the engine speed to 1/4
throttle and make sure the
stabilizers are down on the
ground.
-CO
00
2. Swing the boom to the center. CJ I
IC\I
3. Rotate the bucket completely in T""C
I I
and completely retract the dipper. 2: r--
0 ~
4. Raise the stabilizers completely. • • T""
G) ••
5. Move the transport link to the E!
transport position.
co co
zc
B4139188
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

71
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Lifting with the Backhoe

'er} 'er} IMPORTANT: For the 0100 or D100XR D. Swing the load all the way to
33 backhoe the transport link must be in one side.
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
the operating position.
The backhoe is NOT a crane. For this
reason, always be very careful when
E. Move the load away from the
machine. Make sure you keep
the load 25 to 50 mm (one or
;-3
•• CD
you lift a load with the backhoe. Read two inches) above the ground.
........ the instructions that follow before you
F. Lower the load to the ground if
<OQ begin.
(Os (1) one of the stabilizers is
1--.i I 1. Know and understand each signal raised above the ground or (2)
c....i.
I\) I from the signalman before you there is any other indication
Ic, begin. that the stability of the
co
a,- machine is reduced.
2. Always know the location of all
persons in your working area. 5. Always move the load slowly. Do
not move the load over persons.
---i 3. Attach a hand line to the load
JJ
before you start. Make sure the 6. When the load is raised, keep all
~
---i person holding the hand line is persons away until the load is put
I away from the load. on blocks of wood or on the
en ground.
m 4. Test the load before you begin your
0
G) job:
m IMPORTANT: Remember, lower the
A. Move the machine close to the load to the ground if (1) one of the
load. stabilizers is raised above the ground
or (2) there is any other indication that
B. Use a cable or sling to fasten
the stability of the machine is reduced.
the load to the end of the
dipper at the bucket pivot pin.
C. Lift the load with the backhoe
so the load is 25 to 50 mm
(one or two inches) above the
ground.

72
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Installing the Backhoe 5. Install the two tension rods. Tighten

the tension rod nuts with special
NOTE: If your machine has the Case wrench to remove slack. Tighten C:
0
coupler, make sure the two coupler tension rod nuts an additional 3/4 C: :.:;
levers are up in the vertical position. turn. co
0
;E
1. Fasten seat belts, lower seat bar
co I,,.

IMPORTANT: DO NOT overtighten E.E

and start engine. Carefully align the
machine to the backhoe. tension rod nuts. Overtightening may o-~
- G)
damage the tension rods or anchor
2. Connect the two hydraulic hoses to ·-
C: -co

the two quick disconnect couplings.

brackets. !a.
.!!E
C. G)
A. Make sure the couplings are E->,G)
completely engaged.
- a.
coG)
:2.~
.c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
B4051 190 ~
1. TENSION RODS
2. TENSION ROD NUTS
a:
f-
RD98C 104
1. DISCONNECT COUPLINGS

B. See Hydraulic Attachment

Controls, page 46 and set the
foot pedal or hand lever for
hydraulic power. -CO
00
CJ I
3. Roll the backhoe onto the coupler, IC\I
T""C
stop the engine and engage the I I
coupler latches. 2: r--
0 ~
•• T""
4. Start the engine and roll back the G) ••
coupler and backhoe against the E!
stops . co co
zc
NOTE: You may have to move the
backhoe boom down to help roll back
the coupler against the stop.
1. TENSION ROD NUTS
2. SPECIAL TOOL

NOTE: A 45 kg {100 pound)

B4067591

--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

counterweight is required if your machine {E.{E.

is not already equipped with a
counterweight.

73
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Removing the Backhoe

'er} 'er} 1. Lower the backhoe bucket and
33 stabilizers to the ground. Do not
"'C "'C raise the machine.

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
;-3
•• CD
........
<OQ
(Os
1--.i I
c....i.
I\) I
I c,
co
a,- B406759 1
1. TENSION ROD NUTS
2. SPECIAL WRENCH

4. (Pinned coupler) Remove the two

---i B4066791 lower mounting pins from the
JJ 1. WING STABILIZERS
~
backhoe.
---i
I (Case Coupler) Release the
en coupler.
m
0 5. Fasten seat belt, lower seat bar,
G)
m start the engine and operate the
loader bucket tilt control. Rotate the
coupler forward to release the
backhoe. Slowly move the machine
to the rear about 305 mm (12
inches).

B4065491
1. VERTICAL STABILIZERS

2. Stop the engine.

3. Loosen both tension rod nuts with
the special wrench. Rotate the
tension rods back and remove from
the machine.

1. COUPLER ROTATED FORWARD B4067191

74
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

6. Raise the stabilizers to lower the 8. Return the auxiliary control pedal to
backhoe mainframe to the ground. NEUTRAL. Store the lock pin in the
Make sure the mainframe is level. storage hole. See Hydraulic Power C:
0
for the Backhoe, page 67. C: :.:;
7. Stop the engine and disconnect the co
0
two hydraulic hoses at the quick ;E
NOTE: For machines with foot pedal co I,,.
disconnect couplings. E.E
loader controls, return the right-hand
control to NEUTRAL. Store the lock pin o-~
- G)
in the storage hole. See Hydraulic
·-
C: -co
Power for the Backhoe, page 67. !a.
.!!E
C. G)
E->,G)
- a.
coG)
:2.~
.c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
RD98C 104
llJ
(f)
1. QUICK DISCONNECT COUPLINGS
I
f-
~
HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC SYSTEM a:
f-
The machine can be equipped with either the single or Bi-directional high flow
hydraulic system . The high flow hydraulic system is an independent auxiliary
hydraulic system designed to be used to power front mounted attachments (such
as those powered by a hydraulic motor). The hydraulic connectors for this system
are located on the right loader arm.
-CO
00
CJ I
IC\I
T""C
I I
2: r--
0 ~
•• T""
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

H02124 {E.{E.
1. HYDRAULIC CONNECTORS

75
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Single Direction High Flow Hydraulic System

Operation (If Equipped)
'er} 'er}
33 1. Connect the three hydraulic hoses 4. To engage the hydraulic
"'C "'C

--
from the front mounted attachment attachment pull up on the control
0) 0)
to the high flow hydraulic system switch then increase throttle setting
CD CD
connectors. Make sure the to full throttle. Oil flow to the
CZ
0) 0) couplings are completely engaged. attachment is through the male
;-3 hydraulic connector.
•• CD
........ 2. Check that the push pull control
<OQ switch is in the pushed down 5. To disengage the hydraulic
(Os position. attachment, push the control switch
1--.i I down. Oil flow to the hydraulic
c....i.
I\) I attachment will be stopped.
I c,
co
a,-

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m A19092R3
0
G) 1. PUSH PULL CONTROL SWITCH
m
3. Fasten seat belts, lower seat bar,
start the engine and set the hand
B899B106
throttle at 1/2 to 3/4 throttle.

76
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Bi-Directional High Flow Hydraulic System Operation

(If Equipped) C:
0
C: :.:;
1. Connect the three hydraulic hoses 5. To disengage the hydraulic co
0
from the front mounted attachment attachment, move the control ;E
co I,,.

to the high flow hydraulic system switch to the center position. Oil E.E
connectors. flow to the hydraulic attachment will
be stopped.
o-~
- G)
2. Check that the three position ·-
C: -co
control switch is on the center 6. To change the operating direction !a.
position. of rotation of the attachment, move .!!E
C. G)
the control switch to the left. E->,
Increase throttle setting to full G)

throttle. Oil flow to the attachment - a.

coG)
will be through the female hydraulic :2.~
.c: "O
connector.

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-
A19092R4
1. HIGH FLOW CONTROL SWITCH

3. Fasten seat belts, lower seat bar,

start the engine and set the hand
throttle at 1/4 to 1/2 throttle.
-CO
4. To engage the hydraulic 00
attachment, move the control CJ I
IC\I
switch to the right and increase T""C
I I
throttle setting to full throttle. Oil 2: r--
flow to the attachment will be 0 ~
•• T""
through the male hydraulic G) ••
connector. E!
co co
zc
120559A1

--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

77
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

TRANSPORTING THE MACHINE

'er} 'er}
WARNING: The machine can slip and fall from a trailer or ramp and cause
33 injury or death. Make sure the trailer and ramp is not slippery. Remove all
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
oil, grease, ice, etc. Carefully move the machine off or onto the trailer with
the machine centered on the trailer and ramp. SB042

;-3
•• CD
........ )A WARNING: When moving the machine on or off of the trailer, drive slowly
<OQ ~ and keep the machine centered on the trailer and ramp. CM 113
(Os
1--.i I
c....i.
I\) I
You must know the rules or laws for
Ic, safety that are used in your area. Make
co
a,- sure that your truck or trailer is
equipped with the correct safety
equipment.
--i 1. Put a block at the front and rear of
JJ
~ the trailer or truck wheels.
--i
I 2. Make sure the ramps will support
en your machine, be careful and back
m the machine slowly onto the trailer.
0
G)
m 3. Lower the loader bucket or
B876593V
attachment to the floor, stop the 1. REAR TIE DOWN LOCATION
engine, and remove the key. If your
machine is equipped with a
backhoe, lower the backhoe bucket
to the floor.
4. Put a block at the front and rear of
each tire.
5. Use chains to fasten the machine
to the trailer. Attach chains to rear
tie down and main frame tie down
brackets in two locations.
6. Move the seat bar to the DOWN RD98C102
position to disengage the parking 1. LOADER BUCKET TIEDOWN LOCATION
latch during transport.
7. Measure the clearance height of
the machine and trailer or truck.
Post the clearance height in the
cab of the truck.

78
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

LIFTING THE MACHINE WITH A CRANE

C:
When lifting this machine with a crane, it is recommended that you use a four leg 0
bridle sling that has a 4536 kg (10,000 pound) lift capacity with a 30 degree sling C: :.:;
angle. Each leg of the sling must have a minimum length of 1.8 m (6 ft). The
co
0
;E
machine must be equipped with the optional D102001 lifting brackets. co I,,.

E.E
1. Make sure that you and the crane operator know and understand the correct
hand signals.
o-~
- G)
·-
C: -co
2. Keep all other persons out of the area when lifting. Do not move the machine !a.
over the heads of people. .!!E
C. G)
3. Make sure that you inspect the lifting equipment each day for damaged or E->,G)
missing parts. - a.
coG)
:2.~
.c: "O

FOUR LEG
SLING llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

j -CO
00

T""C
CJ

2: r--
0 ~
IC\I
I
I

•• T""
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

BS99C012
1. LIFTING BRACKETS

79
 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

MOVING A DISABLED MACHINE

'er} 'er}
WARNING: If the machine is disabled and you must use the optional
33 towing valves, the machine can move out of control when the towing
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
valves are turned to the towing position. To prevent machine movement,
put blocks at the front and rear of the wheels or raise the seat bar. Remove
the blocks after the towing machine is connected to the disabled machine
;-3 or lower the seat bar. If you do not follow these instructions, the machine
•• CD
........ can move out of control and injure you or other persons in the area. scoog
<OQ
(Os
1--.i I If the machine becomes disabled,
c....i.
I\) I always carry the machine on a truck or
I c, trailer.
co
a,-
1. Put blocks at the front and rear of
the machine wheels and remove
the seat from the machine.
---i
JJ 2. Locate both bypass valves on the
~
hydrostatic drive pumps.
---i
I
en 3. Each bypass valve has two holes in
m the end. Put a small rod in one of the
0 holes and turn each bypass valve 1
G)
B4154388
m or 2 turns counterclockwise.
1. BYPASS VALVE

IMPORTANT: Do not turn the bypass

valves more than two turns.
4. Fasten a rigid drawbar to the
machine. Remove the wheel blocks.
5. Push the seat bar to the DOWN
position to release the parking latch.

IMPORTANT: Do not move the

disabled machine faster than 1.6 km/h
(1 mph). Damage to the hydrostatic
s41s44ss drive system can occur. Never tow the
1. BYPASS VALVE machine farther than 15 m (50 feet).
6. After you repair the machine, turn
the bypass valves clockwise to
tighten. DO NOT overtighten.
7. Install the seat.

80
 WHEELS/TIRES

WHEELS AND TIRES

C:
WARNING: Exploding tires and/or rim parts can cause injury or death. 0
C: :.:;
Keep yourself and others out of the DANGER AREA. Stand on the tread co
~
0
side of the tire. Always use the correct air pressure and follow the ;E
co I,,.

instructions in this manual for adding air or servicing the tires. soo20 E.E
o-~
- G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E-
G) >,
-G) a.
co
:2.~
.c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
KEEP OUT OF DANGER AREAS
~
a:
f-

-CO
00
CJ I
IC\I
,....c
I I
2: r--
0 ~
.. ,....
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
BS97F041

The above illustrations show danger areas caused by exploding tires and/or rim
parts. KEEP YOURSELF AND OTHERS OUT OF THESE DANGER AREAS.
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

The next page shows the correct methods that you must use when adding air or
{E.{E.
servicing a tire.

81
 WHEELS/TIRES

WARNING: 00 NOT weld to wheel or rim when a tire is installed. Welding

will cause an explosive air/gas mixture that will be ignited with high
'er} 'er} temperatures. This can happen to tires inflated or deflated. Removing air
33 or breaking bead is not adequate. Tire MUST be completely removed from
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
the rim prior to welding. SB134

WARNING: Explosive separation of the tire and/or rim parts can cause
;-3
•• CD injury or death. When tire service is necessary, have a qualified tire
........ mechanic service the tire. 84-113
<OQ
(Os
1--.i I
c....i. Check the air pressure and the
I\) I
I c, condition of the tires every 50 hours of
co
a,- operation.

Tires or Rim Service/

---i Inflating the Tire
JJ
~
---i Always have a qualified tire mechanic
I service the tires and rims on this
en machine. It is recommended that you
m
0 have this mechanic inflate the tires. To
G)
m prevent accidents, always use a
restraining device (tire inflation cage),
correct equipment, and correct 790490

procedure. Explosive separation of the 2. Use an air hose with remote shut-
tire can cause serious injury. off valve and a self locking air
chuck.
Adding Air to the Tires 3. Stand behind the tread of the tire
This procedure is only for adding air to and make sure all persons are
the tire. If the tire has lost all the away from the side of the tire
pressure or service to the tire or rim is before you start to add air.
required, do the following. 4. Inflate the tire to the recommended
1. Before you add air, have the tire air pressure. DO NOT inflate the
correctly installed on the machine tire more than the recommended
or put the tire in a restraining pressure. See Tire Pressure, page
device (tire inflation cage). 83.

82
 WHEELS/TIRES

Wheel Nut Torque Tire Tread Direction

If the machine is new or you have just When you have tires installed, make C:
0
installed the wheels, check the wheel sure that the tread is in the same C: :.:;
nuts every 2 hours until the nuts remain direction as the tires shown in the co
0
;E
tight. Tighten each nut to a torque of photograph. co I,,.

155 to 170 Nm (115 to 125 pound-feet). E.E

Use the sequence shown in the
o-~
- G)
illustration and tighten the wheel nuts to ·-
C: -co
a torque of 155 to 170 Nm (115 to 125 !a.
pound-feet). .!!E
C. G)
E->,G)
- a.
coG)
:2.~
.c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
A24223 llJ

0 Tire Pressure
Check the air pressure and condition of
(f)
I
f-
~
the tires every 50 hours of operation. a:
f-
BS99C013.
10.00 x 16.5, 6PR Goodyear, flotation .......... .
.............................. 310 kPa, 3.1 bar (45 psi)

10.00 x 16.5, 8PR Galaxy, flotation ............... .

............. ................. 379 kPa, 3.8 bar (55 psi) -CO
00
CJ I
13.00 x 16.5, 10PR Galaxy, flotation ........ ..... . IC\I
T""C
... ........ ................... 379 kPa, 3.8 bar (55 psi) I I
2: r--
See Adding Air to the Tires, page 82 if
0 ~
•• T""
G) ••
tires need to be inflated.
E!
co co
IMPORTANT: Failure to follow these zc
recommendations will result in
shortened drive chain and sprocket life. --
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

83
 CJ)
w
l- -.;j-
co
oz

C/J
w
cc
~
...I
w
w
:::c:
;:

TRIM THIS EDGE

Template Name: OM_1_col Alt= to hide template information

Template Date: 1997_02_06 Alt+ to display template information
 LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHARTS

WARNING: Improper service or repair can cause injury or death. If you do

not understand the service procedures for this machine, see your dealer C:
or the service manual for this machine. sco21 0
C: :.:;
co
0
GENERAL SAFETY BEFORE YOU SERVICE ;E
co I,,.

E.E
Read the safety decals and information Use the correct safety clothing and o-~
decals on the machine . Read the safety equipment. Understand how to - G)

operators manual and safety manual. use a fire extinguisher and first aid kit. ·-
C: -co

Understand the operation of the

!a.
.!!E
machine before you start servicing. C. G)
E->,G)
- a.
coG)
:2.~
.c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
BS99C0 15 llJ
(f)

• • I
f-
~
a:
f-
DO NOT
BS99C0 14
OPERATE
Before you service the machine, put a
Reason _ _ __
Do Not Operate tag on the instrument See Other Side
panel. One Do Not Operate tag is -CO
00
included with your machine. Additional CJ I
IC\I
tags, part number 321-4614, are Signed b y
c,~~ P 1 r'. N o P•,o:fll Ir
cs•
T""C
I I
available from your dealer. 2: r--
32 1-461 4
0 ~
•• T""
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

85
 LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHARTS

SUPPORT STRUT FOR LOADER LIFT ARMS

WARNING: If you service the machine with the loader lift arms raised,
'er} 'er}
always use the cylinder lock support strut to block up the loader lift arms.
33 Failure to follow this procedure can cause serious injury or death if the
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
loader lift arms are lowered by accident.

Blocking Up the Loader Storing Support Strut

sco1 a

;-3
•• CD
Lift Arms 1. Fasten seat belt, lower seat bar,
........ 1. Fasten seat belt, lower seat bar, start the engine and raise the
<OQ
(Os start the engine and lower the loader lift arms 25 to 55 mm (1 or 2
1--.i I loader lift arms to the ground and inches).
c....i.
I\) I stop the machine.
I c, 2. Stop the engine, raise the seat bar
co
a,- 2. Remove the rear pin and position and move the loader controls until
strut onto cylinder. locked.
3. Remove the rear pin, lift the
---i support strut up to the storage
JJ
position and install the rear pin.
~
---i
I
en
m
0
G)
m
A24229
1. REMOVE REAR PIN

3. Fasten seat belt, lower seat bar,

start the engine and raise the
A24232
loader lift arms until the support 1. REMOVE REAR PIN
strut is on the lift cylinder rod.
4. Lower the loader lift arms until the
strut contacts cylinder gland nut.
Install pin.

A24230
1. STORAGE POSITION

4. Fasten seat belt, lower seat bar,

start the engine and lower the
A24231
1. INSTALL PIN loader lift arms to the ground.

86
 LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHARTS

ENGINE HOURMETER
C:
Service your machine at the intervals The engine hourmeter shows the 0
and locations given in the Lubrication/ amount of actual hours the engine has C: :.:;
co
0
Maintenance Charts. When you service run. The first number to the right ;E
your machine, use only high quality displays tenths of an hour and the
co I,,.

E.E
lubricants. remaining numbers to the left display
hours. Use the engine hourmeter along
o-~
- G)
with the Lubrication/Maintenance ·-
C: -co
Charts to service your machine at the !a.
correct time periods. .!!E
C. G)
E->,G)
- a.
co
1 G)
:2.~

'
0
/
0
.c: "O

--
~
00
Fuel @)) (@ ~ ~
(() II +

0
i
'~
el
a
[j
lovel
Hydfilter

(~ ({~p (<W ~
Normal
~T-~
Ill
EngOII

..
Air Filter Alternator
Eng lemp

Hyd Temp
1otTe,~

Seat Belt
-
&,g;_

0
llJ
(!)
0
llJ
(f)
!:: !::
<C<C

'
I
f-
~
BS99B073 a:
f-
1. ENGINE HOURMETER

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
Follow the maintenance schedule for
this machine, to reach maximum life of
-CO
the machine and attachments. 00
CJ I
IC\I
T""C
I I
2: r--
0 ~
•• T""
G) ••
E!
co co
zc

1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
RD98C063
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

87
 LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHARTS

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS

ENGINE OIL
'er} 'er}
Capacity ............ ................................... ..... .. ............... 10.4 litres (11 U.S. quarts)
33 Specifications .... ............ ...................... ... Case No. 1 15W-40 API CG-4 or CF-4
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
FUEL TANK
Capacity ............ ............ ............................ .. .......... 73.8 litres (19.5 U.S. gallons)
Specifications .... .......... .. ....................... See Diesel Fuel Specification, page 113
;-3
•• CD
........ COOLING SYSTEM
<OQ
(Os
Capacity ............ ............ ............................................... 17 litres (18 U.S. quarts)
1--.i I Specifications .... .... ........ .. ........ .. ........ ......... 50% water and 50% ethylene glycol
c....i.
I\) I
I c, HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
co
a,- Capacity - Total System ......... .............. ..... .. .......... 39.7 litres (10.5 U.S. gallons)
Reservoir with Filter Change .. .. .......... 23.7 litres (6.25 U.S. gallons)
Reservoir without Filter Change ........... ... 22 .7 litres (6 U.S. gallons)
---i Specifications .... ... ....... .... ...... .... ...... ........... Case No. 1 Engine Oil SAE 10W-30
JJ (API Service CE, CD, CC/SG)
~
---i
I WHEN ADDING OIL: When you add oil to the hydraulic reservoir between oil
en changes, you must use a mixture of Case HTO additive and SAE 10W-30 engine
m oil. Completely mix one U.S quart of Case HTO additive to 19 litres (5 U.S.
0
G) gallons) of 10W-30 engine oil (20 to 1 ratio).
m
WHEN CHANGING OIL: When you change the hydraulic oil, you must add 1.4
litres (1.5 U.S. quarts) of Case HTO additive (Case part number B17508).

CHAIN COMPARTMENTS
Capacity - Each side ..... ...................... ...... .. ..... ...... ....... 5.7 litres (6 U.S. quarts)
Specifications .... .............................. ..... .... Case No. 1 engine Oil (SAE 10W-30)

BATTERY
Quantity ......... ... ............ ............................. ............... .......... ........... ... As required
Specifications .... ............ ......... ............. ...... .. .. ............ .. Drinking or distilled water

GREASE FITTINGS
Quantity ............................................................................................ As required
Specifications .... ................................... ..... .. .............. Case molydisulfide grease

88
 LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHARTS

LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHART
C:
FREQUENCY IN HOURS 0
C: :.:;
0 co
;E
co I,,.

E.E
o-~
Cf)
I-
z
a: 0
LLJ
0... - G)
(l'.l
:a:
LL
0 ·-
C: -co
:::,
z
a:
LLJ z
LLJ
(!)
Cf)
:s:::
LLJ
Cf)
LLJ
0 !a.
LLJ
(!)
(l'.l
:a: <( z
<(
0
LLJ
<(
LLJ
z
;:;:
<(
_J
0...
.!!E
:::,
LLJ
_J :r: :r: a: a: LLJ C. G)
if_ SERVICE POINTS z 0 0 0 (!) 0 a: E-
G) >,
-G) a.
co
:2.~
.c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

-CO
00
CJ I
IC\I
T""C
I I
2: r--
0 ~
•• T""
G) ••
E!
co co
zc

NOTE 1: Service the air cleaner if the air cleaner warning lamp is ON.
NOTE 2: Service the hydraulic filter if the hydraulic filter warning lamp is ON and unit is at operating temperature.
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

AR - As Required {E.{E.

89
 LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHARTS

LUBRICATION/MAINTENANCE CHART
'er} 'er} FREQUENCY IN HOURS
33
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0) a:
(f)

6
I-
z
Q_
w
;-3
•• CD
co
::,;
LL.
0
........ ::,
z
0:
w
co z
w
<D ~
w
(f)
z
w
(.)
<(
<OQ w <( z (.) <(
-'
<D ::,; w <( w w <( Q_
(Os <( ::, -' :r: :r: 0: 0: w
Q_ SERVICE POINTS z (.) (.) (.) <D 0 0:
1--.i I
c....i.
I\) I
I c,
co
a,-

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m
0
G)
m

NOTE 1: Refer to service manual for procedure

NOTE 2: Every 2000 hours of operation or one time each year whichever comes first.

90
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

REAR ACCESS DOOR

B876394M llJ
(!)
0
Open rear access door to gain access to radiator and the hydraulic oil cooler. llJ
Clean the radiator and hydraulic oil cooler areas of dirt and debris daily. (f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

RD98C060
1. RADIATOR 2. HYDRAULIC OIL COOLER

91
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

SYSTEMGARD LUBRICATION ANALYSIS PROGRAM

Through this service, your machine lubricants are tested in a laboratory. The
results of these tests show lubricant contamination and component wear rates.
You will get service recommendations to increase the life of your machine. See
your dealer for more details.

--i
JJ
~
--i
I
en
m
0
G)
m A27274

92
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

GREASE FITTINGS - 10 HOURS

Loader Lift Arm and Bucket Pivots
Use Case Molydisulfide Grease

A192 14 A24227
1. LIFT ARM PIVOT ..... .......... ... ....... 2 FITTINGS 2. LIFT CYLINDER -
CLOSED END ............. ... ... .......... 2 FITTINGS llJ
(!)
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:f-
5

BS99C016

A24226 B4128988
3. LIFT CYLINDER ROD END .... ..... 2 FITTINGS 5. BUCKET CYLINDER
4. BUCKET CYLINDER ROD END .......................... .... ...... 2 FITTINGS
CLOSED END ................... ... ....... 2 FITTINGS 6. BUCKET PIVOT ........... ... ... .......... 2 FITTINGS

93
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

GREASE FITTINGS - 10 HOURS

D100 Backhoe Pivots (If Equipped)
Use Case Molydisulfide Grease.

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m
0
G)
m

BS99C01 7

1. LOWER SWING PIVOT ................ ........ ...................... .......... ...................... ........................ 1 FITTING
2. UPPER SWING PIVOT ............................ ... ...... ....... ... ... ... ... .. ....... .. .. ...... ... ... ....... ... ........... 1 FITTING
3. DIPPER CYLINDER, CLOSED END .......................... .. ...... .. ............. .. ..... .. ........................ 1 FITTING
4. BOOM CYLINDER, CLOSED END ...... .. ................... .. ......... ...................... ... .. ................... 1 FITTING
5. DIPPER PIVOT ..... .. ...... .. ...................................................... ..................... ......................... 1 FITTING
6. DIPPER CYLINDER, ROD END .. .. ............................. .. ...... .. ............. .. ...... ......................... 1 FITTING
7. BUCKET CYLINDER, CLOSED END .......................... ...................... ......... ........................ 1 FITTING
8. BUCKET CYLINDER, ROD END .. ....... ..................... .. ...................... .. ....... ...... .. ................ 1 FITTING
9. BOOM CYLINDER , ROD END ................. ......... .. ....... .... ...... .. ........... .. ... .. .. .. ............. ......... 1 FITTING
10. BOOM PIVOT ..... .. ...... .. ................................................................... ........ ................ ......... 1 FITTING

94
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

GREASE FITTINGS - 10 HOURS

D1 00XR Backhoe Pivots (If Equipped)
Use Case Molydisulfide Grease.

llJ
(!)
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

BS99C018

1. STABILIZER PIVOT .............. .... .................................................... .... 2 FITTINGS (ONE EACH SIDE)
2. LOWER SWING PIVOT ........ ... .................. ... ................. .. ............. .... ................. ... .............. 1 FITTING
3. UPPER SWING PIVOT.. ..................................................................... .. ............... .. ............. 1 FITTING
4. DIPPER CYLINDER, CLOSED END .................................................................................. 1 FITTING
5. BOOM CYLINDER, CLOSED END ........... ... ....... .. ............................................................. 1 FITTING
6. DIPPER PIVOT .................................................. ..... ... .... ...... ............................................... 1 FITTING
7. DIPPER CYLINDER, ROD END .......................................................................... ............... 1 FITTING
8. BUCKET CYLINDER, CLOSED END ................ .. ................ .. ... .. .. ... .......... .. .. .. ..... .. .. .......... 1 FITTING
9. BUCKET CYLINDER, ROD END ............... ... ................... ................. .................................. 1 FITTING
10. BOOM CYLINDER, ROD END ................ .......... .. ....................... .... .................................. 1 FITTING
11. BOOM PIVOT .... ............... ...... ......... .. ...... ... ....... ......................... .... .................................. 1 FITTING

95
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

GREASE FITTINGS - 10 HOURS

Manure Fork and Grapple (If Equipped)
Use Case Molydisulfide Grease.

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m
0
G)
m

B4135888
1. MANURE FORK AND GRAPPLE PIVOTS ................ .. ...... .. ............. .. ..... .. ...................... 2 FITTINGS

96
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

GREASE FITTINGS - 250 HOURS

Machine Control Pivots
Use Case Molydisulfide Grease.

B4131988 B4137088 llJ

(!)
1. STEERING CROSS SHAFT .... ........ 1 FITTING 2. LOADER CROSS SHAFT .. ............ 1 FITTING 0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

BS99C019

97
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

GREASE FITTINGS - 10 AND 250 HOURS

Case Coupler (If Equipped)
Use Case Molydisulfide Grease.

10 Hours 250 Hours

---i
JJ
~
--, BD99E006 B4128988
~ 1. WEDGES ...................................... 2 FITTINGS 2. LATCH PIVOTS ... .. ....................... 2 FITTINGS

m
0
G)
m

BS99C019

98
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

ENGINE LUBRICATION

Engine Oil Selection

Case No. 1 Engine Oil is recommended for use in your Case engine. Case engine
oil will lubricate your engine correctly under all operating conditions.

If Case No. 1 Multi-Viscosity or Single

Viscosity Engine Oil is not available,
use only oil meeting API engine oil
service category CE.

llJ
(!)
0
BP97H064 llJ
BI96H018 (f)
I
f-
See the chart on the following page for recommended viscosity at ambient air ~
temperature ranges. a:
f-

NOTE: Do not put Performance Additives or other oil additive products in the
engine crankcase. The oil change intervals given in this manual are according to
tests with Case lubricants.

99
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Oil Viscosity/Temperature Ranges

Temperature Fahrenheit
-40° -22° 14° 32° 50° 68° 86° 104° 122°

ALL SEASONS
I
ALL SEASONS

WINTER
I
WINTER
I
ARTIC

---i
JJ
I
-40° -30° -20° -10° 0° 10° 20° 3 ° 4 ° 50°
~
---i Temperature Celsius
I
en Indicates use of an engine oil heater or a jacket water heater is required.
m
0
G) BS99E068
m

100
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Engine Service Specifications

Oil Capacity - with Filter Change ...... ............. .. .... ......... 10.4 litres (11 U.S. quarts)
Oil Level Check Interval ..... Every 10 Hours of Operation or One Time Each Day
Oil Change and Filter Replacement Interval ... .... ... Every 250 Hours of Operation
Oil Type ............................................................. See Engine Lubrication, page 99

Engine Oil Level

Check the engine oil level before you start the engine each day or before the start
of each 10 hour shift. Make sure the engine is not running and the machine is
parked on a level surface when you check the oil level.

NOTE: If the engine has been running, wait two or three minutes before you
check the oil level.
1. Remove the dipstick and wipe with a clean cloth. llJ
(!)
2. Push the dipstick completely in and remove. 0
llJ
3. The oil level must be between the FULL and LOW marks on the dipstick. (f)
I
4. If the oil level is below the LOW mark, add oil to the fill pipe. Raise the oil level f-
to the FULL mark. Do not raise the oil level above the FULL mark. ~
a:
f-
NOTE: See Engine Oil Selection, page 99 tor the engine oil specifications.
5. Install the dipstick.

RD98A054
1. DIPSTICK 2. FILL PIPE

101
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Oil Change and Filter

Replacement
Change the engine oil and replace the
engine oil filter every 250 hours of
operation.

If possible, change the oil when the oil

is still warm from operation.

IMPORTANT: You must shorten the oil

change interval if you use diesel fuel B4140688
with a sulphur content of more than 1. DRAIN PLUG
0.5%.
3. Remove the oil filter by turning
counterclockwise. Discard the filter.
Change the engine oil more frequently
when the engine operating conditions
---i are severe (frequent stopping and
JJ starting and high or low engine
~
temperatures).
---i
I
en 1. Remove drain plug cover from skid
m plate to gain access to drain plug.
0
G)
m

B4140988

4. Clean the gasket surface on the

filter head with a clean cloth.
5. Apply a thin layer of clean grease
or oil to the gasket of the new oil
filter.
RR 98C057
1. DRAIN PLUG COVER

2. Remove the drain plug and drain

the oil into a container that will hold
11.3 litres (3 gallons).

102
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

6. Install the new oil filter. Use your Systemgard Lubricant

hands to tighten the filter 3/4 turn
after the filter gasket makes
Analysis Program
contact with the filter head.
The normal engine oil change interval
IMPORTANT: 00 NOT use a filter is every 250 hours of operation.
strap wrench to install the oil filter. An Operating conditions, quality of the
oil filter strap wrench can cause a leak engine oil and sulphur content of the
if the filter is dented. fuel, can change this interval. It is
recommended to use the Systemgard
7. Install the drain plug . Tighten the Lubricant Analysis program. See your
drain plug to a torque of 68-82 Nm Case dealer for details.
(50 to 60 lb ft). Overtightening can
damage the oil pan. Install drain
plug cover to skid plate.
8. Put 10.4 litres (11 quarts) of new
engine oil into the engine oil fill
pipe. See Engine Lubrication, page
99 for the correct type of oil. llJ
(!)
0
9. Install the fill cap. llJ
(f)
1O. Start the engine . Run the engine at I
idle for approximately 2 minutes. f-
Check for oil leaks. ~
a:
f-
11. Stop the engine . Wait for 2 or 3
minutes, check the oil level. If the
oil level is below the LOW mark,
add oil to raise the oil level to the
Full mark. Do not fill the crankcase
above the FULL mark.

103
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

AIR FILTER SYSTEM

Service Specifications
Dust Valve Check Interval ...................... ..... .. ..................... 50 Hours of Operation
Air Filter Element Service lnterval. ........ Service the elements if the warning lamp
for air filter restriction illuminates or
every 2000 hours or once each year.

1. The shelf life of a new air filter Dust Valve

element is five years, do not install
a new element that is more than Check the dust valve every 50 hours of
five years old. The date of operation. Make sure there are no
manufacture is on the end of the obstructions inside the valve.
cap of the element.
2. Replace both filter elements after Replace the dust valve if lips are torn.
one year in the machine.
---i 3. Do not remove the filter elements
JJ
~
from the machine to check for
---i restriction, always fol low the
I recommended service instructions
en in this section.
m
0
G) 4. Each time you service the air filter
m system, make sure all hose
connections are tight. Replace all
damaged parts.

RD98C038
1. DUST VALVE

Warning Lamp for Air Filter Restriction

You must service the air filter elements

if the air filter warning lamp illuminates
when the engine is running or every
2000 hours or once each year. I~ @)~ (§)
Hyd Filter Eng OH Eng Temp Battery ~

~ @)~@ u
Air Filter Alternator Hyd Temp Seat Belt

B399B073
1. AIR FILTER WARNING LAMP

104
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Primary Element - Outer

Early Production Machines

Replace the primary (outer) element

after three washings or after the
element has been in the machine for
one year. To service:
1. Loosen the wing nut on the end
cover retaining clamp and remove
the end cap. Clean the inside of the
end cap with a damp cloth.

RD98C039
1. PRIMARY (OUTER) FILTER
llJ
3. Use a clean damp cloth and clean (!)
0
the inside of the filter body. llJ
(f)
4. Install a clean or new primary I
(outer) element. Make sure the f-
~
element has full gasket contact
before you tighten the wing nut.
a:
f-

RD98C037 5. Install the end cover. Rotate the

1. WING NUT 2. END CAP end cover so that the dust valve is
at the bottom.
2. Remove the wing nut and carefully
6. Tighten the wing nut on the end
remove the primary (outer) filter.
cover clamp.
IMPORTANT: Always use a bright lamp 7. Start the engine, run at full throttle
to inspect a cleaned or new primary and check the air filter warning
(outer) filter element before installation lamp. If the lamp is still illuminated,
into the machine. replace the secondary (inner)
element.

105
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Primary Element - Outer

Late Production Machines

Replace the primary (outer) element

after three washings or after the
element has been in the machine for
one year. To service:
1. Unfasten the air cleaner retaining
clips from the end cap and remove
the end cap. Clean the inside of the
end cap with a damp cloth.

1. PRIMARY (OUTER) FILTER

---i
JJ 3. Use a clean damp cloth and clean
~ the inside of the filter body.
---i
I 4. Install a clean or new primary
en (outer) element. Make sure the
m
0 element has full gasket contact.
G)
m
5. Install the end cover. Rotate the
BD99E007 end cover so that the dust valve is
1. RETAINING CLIP 2. END CAP at the bottom.
6. Fasten the air cleaner retaining
2. Carefully remove the primary
clips to the end cover.
(outer) filter.
7. Start the engine, run at full throttle
IMPORTANT: Always use a bright lamp and check the air filter warning
to inspect a cleaned or new primary lamp. If the lamp is still illuminated,
(outer) filter element before installation replace the secondary (inner)
into the machine. element.

106
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Secondary Element - Inner

Early Production Machines

Replace the secondary (inner) element:

A. After the primary (outer)
element has been cleaned
three times,
B. After one year in the machine,
or
C. After the primary (outer)
element has been cleaned or
replaced and the filter warning
lamp is still ON with the
engine running at full throttle.
RD98C041

4. Install a new secondary (inner)

NOTE: 00 NOT clean this element. llJ
element. Make sure the element (!)
has full gasket contact before you 0
To service: llJ
tighten the wing nut. (f)
1. Remove the end cover and remove I
5. Install a clean or new primary f-
the primary (outer) element.
(outer) element. Make sure the ~
2. Remove the wing nut and remove element has full gasket contact a:
f-
the secondary (inner) element. before you tighten the wing nut.
6. Install the end cover. Rotate the
end cover so that the dust valve is
at the bottom.
7. Tighten the wing nut on the end
cover clamp.

RD98C040
1. SECONDARY {INNER) ELEMENT

3. Use a clean damp cloth and clean

the inside of the filter body.

107
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Secondary Element - Inner

Late Production Machines

Replace the secondary (inner) element:

A. After the primary (outer)
element has been cleaned
three times,
B. After one year in the machine,
or
C. After the primary (outer)
element has been cleaned or
replaced and the filter warning
lamp is still ON with the
engine running at full throttle.
BD99E010

4. Install a new secondary (inner)

---i NOTE: 00 NOT clean the secondary
JJ element. Make sure the element
element.
~ has full gasket contact.
---i
I To service: 5. Install a clean or new primary
en (outer) element. Make sure the
m 1. Remove the end cover and remove
0 element has full gasket contact.
G) the primary (outer) element.
m 6. Install the end cover. Rotate the
2. Remove and discard the
end cover so that the dust valve is
secondary (inner) element.
at the bottom.
7. Fasten the air cleaner retaining
clips to the end cover.

BD99E009
1. SECONDARY (INNER) ELEMENT

3. Use a clean damp cloth and clean

the inside of the filter body.

108
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Cleaning the Primary Element 4. Use a water hose without a nozzle

with pressure less than 275 kPa,
Check the dirty element for damage 2.8 bar (40 psi) to remove all soap
and check the rubber seal on the end. from the element.
Push the rubber seal with your finger. If
the rubber seal feels hard and does not
move back to original shape, discard
the element.
1. Remove the loose dirt with
compressed air at 207 kPa, 2.1 bar
(30 psi) maximum. Hold the nozzle
at least 25 mm (one inch) from the
element. Wear face protection.

BS99C022
5. Allow the element to air dry. If you
use a drier, do not exceed 71 'C
(160 °F) and make sure the air is
circulating in the drier. llJ
(!)
0
6. Use a light and inspect the element llJ
(f)
for holes or splits in the pleats.
I
Check for damage to metal parts f-
and rubber gasket. Replace the ~
BS99C020
element if damaged. a:
f-
2. Mix two tablespoons of D1400
detergent (Case part number
A4091 0) with 7.6 litre (two gallons)
of water, one cup for 60 litres (16 . /

gallons) of water. ~ . £:.,

3. Soak the element in the soap

solution for 15 to 20 minutes and
then move the element up and
down rapidly to loosen as much dirt
as possible.
BS99C023

NOTE: If the element is not to be used

for some time, cover the element with
paper for storage.

BS99C021

109
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Service Specifications
Coolant Capacity ... ................................... .... ... ................. 17 litres (18 U.S. quarts)
Reservoir Coolant Level Check Interval. ........ ............ Every 10 Hours of Operation
Radiator Coolant Level Check Interval. .... ..... .. ......... Every 250 Hours of Operation
Check and Tighten Coolant Hose Clamps .... ........... Every 250 Hours of Operation
Coolant System Change Interval ............ ............... Every 2000 Hours of Operation
or Once Every Year
Thermostat.. .... ...... .... ........ .. ........ .. ........ ......... .. ...... ... ..... 83 to 95 °C (181 ' to 203°F)
Radiator Cap ......... .. ........ ... ......... ........ ..... .... ... .............. .... ...... ...... 103 kPa (15 psi)

WARNING: Hot coolant can spray out if radiator cap is removed. To

remove radiator cap: Let system cool, turn to first notch, then wait until all
--i
JJ pressure is released. Scalding can result from fast removal of radiator cap.
~ Check and service engine cooling system according to maintenance
--i instructions. SA023
I
en
~ Coolant Solution
G)
m
A mixture of 50% ethylene glycol and 50% water must be used in this machine.
This mixture is used if the lowest ambient temperature is above -37°C (-34°F). It is
recommended that ethylene glycol and water be used in your machine all year.

NOTE: After you fill the cooling system, mix the ethylene glycol and water
completely by running the engine at operating temperature for approximately five
minutes. This procedure must be done when the machine is in temperatures
below 0 °C (32 °F}.

110
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Coolant Levels

Coolant Reservoir Fluid Level Radiator Fluid Level

Check the coolant reservoir fluid level Check the radiator coolant level every
every 10 hours of operation when the 250 hours of operation when the
coolant is cold and the engine is coolant is cold and the engine is
stopped. Open the rear access door. stopped. Open the rear access door
Do not remove the radiator cap during and remove the radiator cap. The
this check. The coolant level must be coolant level must be up to the radiator
between the FULL and ADD marks on cap opening.
the reservoir. Add coolant as required
to raise the coolant level up to the
FULL mark.

llJ
(!)
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-
RD98C072
1. RADIATOR CAP

B4133388
NOTE: If the radiator coolant level is
1. COOLANT RESERVOIR low and the coolant reservoir level is at
the FULL mark, check for air leaks in
IMPORTANT: Only add the correct the hose between the radiator and
mixture of ethylene glycol and water to coolant reservoir.
the reservoir.
IMPORTANT: Only add the correct
mixture of ethylene glycol and water to
the radiator.

111
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Coolant System Cleaning

Drain, flush and refill the engine coolant 2. Close drain valve after all coolant is
every 2000 hours of operation or once drained from radiator.
each year, whichever occurs first.
3. Add a cleaning solution to the
Clean the system and replace the cooling system and fill the cooling
coolant if the coolant becomes dirty or system with clean water. Follow the
rust colored. directions included with the
cleaning solution.
If possible, drain the cooling system when
the coolant is warm. DO NOT remove the 4. Drain the cleaning solution and
radiator cap if the coolant is hot. flush with clean water.
1. Open rear access door. Remove 5. Close the radiator drain valve.
the radiator cap. Place a container
6. Use compressed air or water to
that will hold a minimum of 17 litres
clean the outside of the radiator
(18 quarts) under radiator. Open
and hydraulic oil cooler.
the radiator drain valve.
--i 7. Fill the cooling system slowly with
JJ
coolant until the coolant level is up
~
--i to the bottom of the filler neck of
I radiator.
en
m
0 NOTE: Allow the venting of entrapped
G)
m air when filling the cooling system until
you have the correct quantity of coolant
in the system.

NOTE: Refer to Fluids and Lubricants

in this manual for correct coolant
R□9sco14 specifications.
1. RADIATOR CAP
8. Install the radiator cap.
9. Check that coolant level of
reservoir is between FULL and
ADD.
10. Start the engine and run until the
engine coolant is at operating
temperature. Stop the engine and
allow to cool. Check for leaks.
11. Check the coolant level at the
coolant reservoir only. Do not
remove the radiator cap. If the
1. RADIATOR DRAIN VALVE
B4133588 coolant level is low, add coolant.

112
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

DIESEL FUEL SYSTEM

Diesel Fuel Fuel Storage

Use No. 2 diesel fuel in the engine of If you keep fuel in storage for a period
this machine. The use of other fuels of time, you can get foreign material or
can cause the loss of engine power water in the fuel storage tank. Many
and high fuel consumption. engine problems are caused by water
in the fuel.
In very cold temperatures, a mixture of
No. 1 and No. 2 diesel fuels is Keep the fuel storage tank outside and
temporarily permitted. See the keep the fuel as cool as possible.
following Note. Remove water from the storage
container at regular periods of time.
NOTE: See your fuel dealer for winter
fuel requirements in your area. If the Fill the fuel tank at the end of the daily
temperature of the fuel lowers below operating period to prevent
the cloud point (wax appearance point), condensation in the fuel tank. llJ
wax crystals in the fuel will cause the (!)
0
engine to lose power or not start. llJ
(f)
I
The diesel fuel used in this machine f-
must meet Specification D975-81 of the ~
American Society for Testing and a:
f-
Materials.

WARNING: Engine fuel is flammable and can cause a fire or an

~ explosion. Do not fill the fuel tank or service the fuel system near an open
flame, welding, burning cigars, cigarettes, etc. sA022

WARNING: Never refuel the machine when the engine is hot or running.
Never smoke while refueling. M139C

113
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Service Specifications
Fuel Tank Capacity ................................................. 73.8 litres (19.5 U.S. gallons)
Interval for Draining Water From Fuel Filter ............................................ 50 Hours
Interval for Replacing Fuel Filter ........................................................... 500 Hours
Interval for Draining Water From the Fuel System .............................. 1000 Hours

Fuel Tank Fuel Conditioner

Diesel Fuel Conditioner is available
Fill the fuel tank at the end of each day
from you Case dealer. Follow the
or at the end of each shift. This will help
instructions on the can.
prevent condensation of water in the
fuel tank. Always keep the area around
the fuel cap clean.

--i
JJ
~
--i
I
en
m
0
G)
m

A19214
1. FUEL CAP

114
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Draining Water from the Draining Water from the

Fuel System Fuel Tank
Check the fuel filter for water and To drain water and sediment from the
sediment every 50 hours of operation fuel tank, place a drain pan under
and check the fuel tank for water every machine able to hold a minimum of
1000 hours. 73.8 litres (19.5 gallons) of liquid.

To check for water, loosen the water Loosen the fuel tank drain plug to drain
drain valve on the bottom of the fuel water from the tank. After all water is
filter and drain any water and sediment removed, tighten the drain plug.
from the fuel filter.

llJ
(!)
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-
B4133688

RD98A054 1. FUEL TANK DRAIN PLUG

1. WATER DRAIN VALVE
NOTE: If a large amount of water is
removed, check your fuel storage tank
or check with your fuel supplier.

115
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Replacing the Fuel Filter

Replace the fuel filter every 500 hours

of operation or if you experience a
noticeable lose of engine power.
1. Turn the fuel shutoff valve
completely clockwise to OFF.

B9079006
1. RUBBER SEAL

5. Use a clean cloth and clean the

---i
gasket surfaces of the filter body
JJ
~
6. Apply clean engine oil to the new
---i 64133588 rubber seal.
I 1. FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE
en 7. Install the new rubber seal on the
m 2. Clean the area around the fuel filter head stud.
0 filter.
G)
m 8. Apply clean engine oil to the gasket
3. Use a filter wrench and turn the of the new fuel filter. Do not fill the
filter counterclockwise to remove. new filter with fuel before
installation.
9. Turn the filter clockwise onto the
filter body until the filter gasket
makes contact with the filter body.
Continue to tighten the filter with
your hand for 1/2 to 3/4 turn.

IMPORTANT: Do not use a filter

wrench to tighten the filter. You can
cause a leak if the filter is dented with
the wrench.
RD 98A054 10. Turn the fuel shutoff valve
1. FUEL FILTER
completely counterclockwise to
4. Remove the rubber seal from the ON.
stud on the filter head. 11. Fill the tank with fuel and bleed the
air from the fuel system . See
Removing Air from the Fuel
System, page 117
116
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Removing Air from the Fuel System

You must remove air from the fuel 3. Actuate the hand primer pump until
system if one or more of the following fuel comes out free of air, then
occurs: tighten the air removal screw.
A. The engine runs until the fuel A. Early Production Machines:
tank is empty. Actuate the hand primer
pump, by pushing and
B. Parts in the fuel system are
releasing the rubber hooded
removed for service.
primer.
C. The machine is kept in storage
for three months or more.
1. Fill the fuel tank and make sure the
shutoff valve at the bottom of the
fuel tank is turned completely
counterclockwise (open).

llJ
(!)
0
llJ
-~ (f)
RD98C033 I
1. HAND PRIMER PUMP f-
(EARLY PRODUCTION MACHINES) ~

B. Late Production Machines:

a:
f-
Actuate the hand primer
pump, by moving the plunger
up and down.
6 4133588
1. FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE

2. Loosen the air removal screw on

the top of the fuel filter head 2 to 3
turns.

BD99E011
1. HAND PRIMER PUMP
(LATE PRODUCTION MACHINES)

4. Start the engine and check for fuel

leaks around the filter and lines.

RD98C036
1. AIR REMOVAL SCREW
117
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Service Specifications
Hydraulic Reservoir Refill Capacity

with filter change ......................................... .. .......... 23.7 litres (6.25 U.S. gallons)

without filter change ........ .. ........ .. ........ ........ ... ... ...... ..... 22 .7 litres (6 U.S. gallons)

Total Hydraulic System Capacity ............. .................. 39.7 litres (10.5 U.S. gallons)

Type of Fluid .......... ..................... ............. ...... Case No. 1 engine oil - SAE 10W-30
mixed with Case HTO additive

Alternate fluid ........ ............ ......... .............. ..... .. .............. .......... ........... ... .......... None

NOTE: When you change the hydraulic oil, you must add 1.4 litres (1.5 U.S.
---i quarts) of Case HTO additive (Hydrostatic Transmission Oil Additive) Case part
JJ
number 817508.
~
---i
I IMPORTANT: When you add oil to the hydraulic reservoir between oil changes,
en you must use a mixture of Case HTO additive and SAE 10W-30 engine oil.
m
0 Completely mix one U.S. quart of Case HTO additive to 19 litres (five U.S.
G)
m gallons) of SAE 10W-30 engine oil (20 to 1 ratio).

Fluid Level Check Interval. ............................................... ......................... 10 Hours

Filter Replacement Interval

Replace the hydraulic filter if any of the following occurs:
a. The warning lamp for the hydraulic filter illuminates
b. Every 500 hours of operation
c. If a hydraulic system component is replaced,
for example: a cylinder, hydrostatic pump/motor, etc .

Hydraulic Fluid Change Interval .......... ..... .... ... .................. ..... .... ........... 1000 Hours

118
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Oil Level

Check the hydraulic oil level every 1O 2. Turn the filler cap 1/2 turn to relieve
hours of operation. air pressure from the reservoir. Do
not remove the filler cap until
Park the machine on a level surface pressure is relieved.
and put the bucket or attachment on
3. Remove the filler cap.
the ground when you check the oil level
or drain the reservoir.

The oil level in the sight gauge must be

between the FULL and ADD marks.

It is normal for the oil level in the sight

gauge to be centered between the
FULL and the ADD marks when the
loader arms are down and the bucket
or attachment is flat on the ground.
llJ
(!)
0
llJ
(f)
RD98C072
1. FILLER CAP I
f-
4. Add oil to the reservoir until the oil ~
level in the sight gauge is at the a:
f-
FULL mark.

IMPORTANT: When you add oil to the

hydraulic reservoir, you must use a
mixture of Case HTO additive and
Case No. 1 engine oil (SAE 10W-30).
Completely mix one quart of Case HTO
RD98C073
1. OIL LEVEL SIGHT GAUGE
additive to 19 litres (five U.S. gallons)
of SAE 10W-30 oil (20 to 1 ratio).
Do the following if you need to add oil 5. Install the filler cap.
to the reservoir.
1. Clean the filler cap and the area
around the filler cap with cleaning
solvent.

119
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Checking the Filter Condition

1. Fasten seat belt, lower seat bar, start C. Repeat this procedure until
the engine and raise the temperature the side of the hydraulic
of the hydraulic oil to operating reservoir feels very warm.
temperature (the side of the
2. Run the engine at full throttle. If the
hydraulic oil reservoir will feel very
hydraulic filter warning lamp
warm). To increase the temperature
illuminates, replace the filter.
of the oil do the following:
A. Increase the engine speed to
full throttle, roll back the loader
bucket, and hold the control
lever in this position for 5
seconds.
B. After 5 seconds, move the
control lever to the NEUTRAL
position for 1O seconds.
B899B073
---i
JJ 1. HYDRAULIC FILTER WARNING LAMP
~
---i
I Replacing the Filter
en
m Replace the hydraulic oil filter if the 3. Turn the filler cap 1/2 turn to relieve
0
G) hydraulic filter warning lamp air pressure from the reservoir. Do
m illuminates, or if a system component not remove the filler cap.
has been replaced, or every 500 hours
4. Turn the filter counterclockwise and
of operation. To replace:
remove the hydraulic filter.
1. Lower the bucket or attachment to
5. Apply a thin layer of clean grease
the ground and stop the engine.
or oil on the O-ring on the new
2. Clean the area around the filler cap hydraulic filter.
and hydraulic filter with cleaning
6. Install the filter. Use your hands to
solvent.
tighten the filter 1/2 turn after the
filter O-ring touches the filter head.
DO NOT use a strap wrench to
tighten the filter.
7. Start the engine and run the engine
at idle for approximately 1 minute.
8. Stop the engine.
9. Check for leaks at the filter.
10. See Hydraulic Oil Level, page 119
RD98C075 and check the oil level for the
1. HYDRAULIC FILTER
reservoir.
120
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

Oil Change

Change the hydraulic fluid every 1000

hours of operation.

If possible, drain the reservoir when the

oil is warm.
1. Fasten seat belt, lower seat bar,
start the engine and lower the
bucket or attachment to the ground
and stop the engine.
2. Clean the area around the filler cap
and hydraulic filter with cleaning
solvent. B876593V
1. DRAIN PLUG
3. Turn cap 1/2 turn to relieve air
pressure from the reservoir. 6. Install the drain plug.

4. Remove the filler cap. 7. Replace the filter. llJ

(!)
0
5. Remove the drain plug and drain 8. Refill the reservoir, See Service llJ
the reservoir. The reservoir Specifications, page 118. (f)
I
capacity is 22.7 litres (6 gallons). 9. Install the filler cap. f-
~
10. Start the engine. Run the engine at a:
f-
low idle for approximately 2
minutes.
11 . Stop the engine.
12. Check for leaks at the filter.
13. See Hydraulic Oil Level, page 119
and check the oil level.

WARNING: Hydraulic fluid or grease injected into your skin can cause
severe injury or death. Keep your hands and body away from any
pressurized leak. If fluid is injected into your skin, see a doctor immediately
and have the fluid removed. SA024

121
 LUBRICATION/FILTERS/FLUIDS

DRIVE CHAIN COMPARTMENT

Service Specifications
Drive Chain Compartment Oil Capacity (each side) ... .... 5.7 litres (6 U.S. quarts)
Type of Oil. .......... ............ ......... .............. ..... Case No. 1 engine oil - SAE 10W-30
Drive Chain Fluid Level Check lnterval. ...... .. ..... ...... ............ ................. 250 Hours
Oil Change Interval (each side) ..... ... ........... .. ........ .......... ........... .... ... ..... 500 Hour

Oil Level Oil Change

Check each side compartment chain Change the oil for each side of the
fluid level every 250 hours of operation. drive compartments every 500 hours of
operation.
1. Park the machine on a level
surface and check the tire air 1. Clean the areas around the two
pressure of all four tires. front inspection covers for the
chain compartments and the rear
2. Clean the area around the two front
drain plugs.
inspection covers.
--i 2. Remove the drain plug from each
JJ 3. Remove the two front inspection
compartment. Both plugs are located
~ covers for the chain compartments.
--i at the rear of machine. Raise the
I 4. When full, the oil must be touching front of machine to aid draining.
en the chain or measure 12 to 19 mm
m IMPORTANT: Block the rear wheels
0 (1/2 to 3/4 in) deep. Measure oil
G) before raising the machine.
m level where indicated in photo.

RR98C057
1. DRAIN PLUGS

3. After the oil has been removed,

1. OIL LEVEL MEASUREMENT
A1 921 2S4 clean each compartment with
solvent.
5. Add oil as required.
4. Install the drain plugs and put in new
6. Install the inspection covers. oil. See Service Specifications
above. Check oil level. Add oil as
required.
5. Install the inspection covers.
122
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

MOVING THE OPERATORS

COMPARTMENT FORWARD

1. Fasten seat belt, lower seat bar, 5. Remove the ROPS mounting bolts
start engine and lower the loader from the rear of the machine.
lift arms to the ground and stop the
machine.
2. Remove the pin from the cylinder
lock support strut. Position strut
onto cylinder.
3. Start the engine and raise the
loader lift arms until the cylinder
lock support strut contacts the
cylinder gland nut. Install the pin.

llJ
1. ROPS MOUNTING BOLTS (!)
0
6. Remove the self-locking nuts, llJ
(f)
washers and bolts (4) that fasten
I
the operators compartment to the f-
frame on each side. ~
a:
f-

A2423 1
1. CYLINDER LOCK SUPPORT STRUT
2. INSTALL THE PIN

4. Loosen the seat plate knob, lift,

then pull and tilt seat forward to
remove seat. See Operators Seat
Removal, page 38.
NOTE: On machines equipped with the B4132888
optional deluxe seat and non- 1. SELF-LOCKING NUTS , WASHERS AND
BOLTS
retractable seat belts, you must remove
the two tether belt mounting bolts
before removing seat. NOTE: Machines with loader control
foot pedals: disconnect the linkage and
IMPORTANT: For machines equipped remove the two links between the foot
with Operators Presence System you pedals to cross shaft. (If equipped)
must unplug seat wire harness before disconnect the attachment hydraulic
removing seat from machine. control linkage from the right control
lever.
123
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

7. If the machine is equipped with an NOTE: If the machine is equipped with

auxiliary control valve, do steps 8 a hi-flow hydraulic system, the
through 10. electrical control harness must be
disconnected. To locate the
8. Disconnect the linkage from the
connectors, follow the harness down
pedal.
from the control switch on the left.
12. Disconnect the two control rods
from the bellcranks.

---i RD98C098
JJ 1. LINKAGE
~
---i 9. Remove the floor plate.
I
en 10. Move the linkage so the linkage is B4134988
m below the level of the floor plate.
1. CONTROL RODS
0
G)
m 13. Disconnect the throttle rod from the
11. Disconnect the wiring harness four
throttle lever. Push the sleeve on
electrical connectors.
the socket to the rear and remove
the socket from the pin.

A19222
1. WIRING HARNESS ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS
B4135088
1. THROTTLE ROD AND THROTTLE LEVER

124
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

14. Disconnect the park pin cable from 16. Carefully pull the operators
each spring on each side. compartment forward.

NOTE: Carefully watch for any

obstructions as the operators
compartment is pulled forward (for
example: the throttle rod or other items
overlooked in the procedure).

B4132088
1. PARK PIN CABLE

15. Disconnect the two control rods

llJ
from the loader control valve. (!)
0
llJ
(f)
A24210
I
f-
~
a:
f-

B4132688
1. CONTROL RODS

125
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

MOVING THE OPERATORS COMPARTMENT

INTO THE OPERATING POSITION

1. Carefully push the operators 4. Tighten the two rear ROPS

compartment rearward. Make sure mounting bolts to a torque of 54 to
you guide the throttle rod above the 68 Nm (40 to 50 pound-feet).
cross member.
5. Connect the two control rods to the
2. Install the bolts and lock washers spools of the control valve.
that fasten the rear of the ROPS
canopy to the frame. Do not tighten
the bolts at this time.

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en B4132688
m 1. CONTROL RODS
0
G)
m 6. Connect the cables to the two
RD98C062 springs.
1. BOLTS AND LOCK WASHERS
7. Connect the throttle rod to the
3. Install the bolts, flat washers and
throttle lever. Install pin into socket
lock nuts that fasten the operators
and move sleeve forward to
compartment to the frame. Tighten
secure.
the bolts to a torque of 109 to 130
Nm (80 to 96 pound-feet).

B4135088
1. THROTTLE ROD AND THROTTLE LEVER
B41 32888
1. BOLTS, FLAT WASHERS AND LOCK NUTS
126
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

8. Connect the two control rods for

the piston pumps to the bellcranks.

RD98C098
B41 34988 1. LINKAGE
1. CONTROL RODS
11. Install the floor plate.
9. Connect the four connectors of the
wiring harness. 12. Install seat assembly.
IMPORTANT: When installing seat in
machine, make sure the metal flat llJ
(!)
washer is between the seat base knob 0
llJ
and the seat plate before tightening to (f)
prevent damage to the knob. I
f-
NOTE: When installing seat in ~
machines with Operators Presence a:
f-
System, tilt seat forward and plug wire
harnesses together.

NOTE: On machines equipped with the

optional deluxe seat and non-
A 19222 retractable seat belts, install the tether
1. WIRING HARNESS CONNECTORS
mounting bolts before installing seat.
See Torque Specifications for Seat,
NOTE: If the machine is equipped with
pages 138 - 141 .
a hi-flow hydraulic system, connect the
control harness. 13. Fasten seat belt, lower seat bar,
start the engine and test the
10. If your machine is equipped with
steering and loader controls for
auxiliary hydraulics, reconnect the
correct operation . See Testing the
linkage to the pedal.
Seat Bar, page 128. See the
service manual for this machine if
you have a problem or see your
Case dealer.
14. Stop the engine, raise the seat bar
and move the loader controls until
locked.

127
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

TESTING THE SEAT BAR

After each work day or after servicing
the seat bar, test the seat bar and
loader controls for correct operation.
When in the UP position, the seat bar
prevents forward/rearward movement
of the machine and also prevents
movement of the loader lift arms and
bucket.

Lock for Loader Controls

1. Sit in the operators seat and fasten
the seat belt.
2. Start the engine and make sure the
seat bar is up.

---i 3. Attempt to move the lift arm control

JJ to raise or lower the loader lift
~
arms. If the loader lift arms move
---i
I up or down do the following:
en BS99C024

m A. Lower the lift arms completely 1. SEAT BAR 3. LOCK PLATE

0 and stop the engine. 2. LUGS
G)
m
B. Remove the seat. See
G. Install the seat. See Operators
Operators Seat Removal,
Seat, in this manual.
page 38.
4. Do Steps 1, 2 and 3 to check the
C. Make sure the seat bar is up.
adjustment.
D. Make sure the lugs are
aligned together and that the Lock for Machine
lock plate has engaged the Movement
lugs. The lugs Must be in the
1. Sit in the operators seat and fasten
back position of the cutout in
the lock plate. the seat belt.
2. Start the engine and raise the seat
NOTE: If adjustment is required see your
bar. Slowly try to drive the machine
service manual or your Case dealer.
forward or rearward. The parking
E. Move the seat bar to the down latch pins will engage automatically
position. on both sides. After the pins are
engaged the machine must not
F. Check clearance between lock
move.
plate and loader control lugs.
Control lugs must be able 3. If the machine moves, see the
to move freely. service manual for this machine or
see your Case dealer.
128
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

DRIVE CHAINS
Checking the Drive Chain Tension
You must check the tension of the four IMPORTANT: Before you check the
drive chains after the first 20 hours of tension, you must tighten the bottom
operation on a new machine or new strand of each chain. You can use the
chains. Then, check the tension after starter motor to do this. Prevent the
every 250 hours of operation. engine from starting.
1. Fasten seat belt, lower seat bar, 3. Disconnect the wire connector from
start engine and lower the loader the injection pump solenoid.
bucket or attachment to the ground
and stop the engine.
2. Clean the area around the front
and rear inspection covers.
Remove the inspection covers.

llJ
(!)
0
llJ
RD98A056 (f)
1. WIRE CONNECTOR I
(EARLY PRODUCTION MACHINES) f-
~
a:
f-

A19211
1. FRONT INSPECTION COVER

BD99E012
1. WIRE CONNECTOR
(LATE PRODUCTION MACHINES)

4. Sit in the operators seat and pull

the seat bar down.
5. Push both steering control levers
forward and actuate the starter
motor for one second. The
machine will move a short distance
forward without starting the engine.
A19223
6. Raise the seat bar and check the
1. REAR INSPECTION COVER
tension of the two front drive
chains.
129
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

7. Check the top strand of each front 10. Check the top strand of each rear
chain (at the middle between each chain (at the middle between each
sprocket). Push down and pull up sprocket). Push down and pull up
using approximately 2.3 kg (5 using approximately 2.3 kg (5
pounds) force. The total deflection pounds) force. The total deflection
must be 13 to 25 mm (1 /2 to 1 must be 13 to 25 mm (1/2 to 1
inch). inch).
8. Go back to the operators seat and
NOTE: See Adjusting the Drive Chains,
pull the seat bar down.
page 131 if the chain tension is not
9. Pull both steering control levers correct.
rearward and actuate the starter
11. Install the inspection covers.
motor for one second. The
machine will move a short distance 12. Connect the wire to the fuel
rearward without starting the injection pump solenoid.
engine.

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m
0
G)
m

A192 12S7

130
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

Adjusting the Drive Chains

1. Lower the bucket or attachment to the ground and stop the engine.
2. Use a jack or hoist and lift the machine. Install blocks or jackstands under the
machine as shown. Remove the wheels.
3. Clean the area around the inspection covers and front and rear axle housings.

llJ
(!)
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~

A2 1787R
a:
f-
1. JACKSTANDS 3. REAR AXLE HOUSING
2. FRONT AXLE HOUSING

4. Remove the inspection covers. 5. Loosen the axle mounting nuts so

the axle is free to move forward or
rearward.

A19212S4
1. INSPECTION COVER
A2 1788

131
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

6. Use the chain adjusting bolts to 10. Slowly push the steering control
move the axle housing away from forward to turn the axles for a
the drive sprocket until the chains period of 45 seconds. Slowly pull
are too tight to let the axle housing the steering controls rearward to
move any farther. turn the axles in reverse for a
period of 45 seconds. Stop the
7. Tighten the six axle mounting nuts
engine.
for each axle housing to a torque of
7 Nm (5 pound-feet). 11. Get out of the machine, push the
seat bar down, and check the chain
tension for each chain.
12. Tighten the axle adjusting bolt just
tight enough to hold the axle
housing in place. Tighten the lock
nut.
13. Tighten the six axle housing
mounting nuts on each axle, using
---i
an across the axle tightening
JJ pattern, to a torque of 108 to 122
~ Nm (80 to 90 pound-feet).
---i
I A21789
en 1. CHAIN ADJUSTING BOLTS
m 2. AXLE MOUNTING BOLTS
0
G) 8. Loosen the chain adjusting bolts
m
until there is approximately 6 mm
( 1/4 inch) clearance between the
end of the adjusting bolt and the
axle housing.

A21789

14. Adjust the other three drive chains

using the same procedure as in
steps 5 through 13.
15. Install the inspection covers.
16. Install the four wheels and tighten
the wheel nuts to a torque of 155 to
170 Nm (115 to 125 pound-feet) .
A21790 See Wheel Nuts, page 83.
9. Sit in the operators seat, fasten
17. Remove the blocks or jackstands
seat belt, pull the seat bar down,
from under the machine.
and start the engine.

132
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

STEERING LEVER ADJUSTMENT

This procedure is an external B. If the machine turned to the

adjustment of the steering control right, turn the upper left
levers. Sit in the operators seat when adjusting screw (3) clockwise
adjusting the levers. until the machine drives in a
straight line.
1. With the engine stopped, loosen
the four lock nuts on the adjusting C. Tighten the lock nut on both
screws and turn the four adjusting upper adjusting screws.
screws 4 or 5 turns
7. Drive the machine in reverse with
counterclockwise to remove all
both steering controls pushed
adjustment.
completely rearward. Stop the
2. Push the right steering lever machine.
completely forward and hold . Turn
A. If the machine turned to the
the upper right adjusting screw (1)
left, turn the lower right
clockwise until it just touches the
adjusting screw (2) clockwise
lever.
until the machine drives in a llJ
(!)
3. Pull the right steering lever straight line. 0
completely rearward and hold. Turn llJ
B. If the machine turned to the (f)
the lower right adjusting screw (2)
right, turn the lower left I
clockwise until it just touches the f-
adjusting screw (4) clockwise
lever. ~
until the machine drives in a a:
f-
4. Adjust the left steering lever the straight line.
same as the right steering lever
C. Tighten the lock nut on both
using the adjusting screws (3) and
lower adjusting screws.
(4) .
5. Fasten seat belt, lower seat bar,
start the engine and drive the
machine to a clear open area with
a Ieve I surf ace. Make sure all
persons are away from your
machine.
6. Decrease the engine speed to
about 3/4 throttle and drive forward
with both steering controls pushed
completely forward. Stop the
machine.
A. If the machine turned to the RD98C078

left, turn the upper right

adjusting screw (1) clockwise
until the machine drives in a
straight line.
133
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

SPARK ARRESTER MUFFLER

WARNING: The spark arrester is not intended to be used in closed areas

where there is dust or vapor that can cause an explosion. sso2s

Clean the spark arrester muffler after

every 100 hours of operation. Use the
following procedure.
1. Remove the pipe plug from the
spark arrester muffler. This pipe
plug is made of brass; if a new pipe
plug is needed, the new pipe plug
MUST be made of brass.

RD98A056
1. WIRE ON INJECTION PUMP SOLENOID
(EARLY PRODUCTION MACHINES)
---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m
0
G)
m
RD98C053
1. PIPE PLUG

2. Have another person available to

BD99E012
hold a block of wood over the outlet
1. WIRE ON INJECTION PUMP SOLENOID
pipe of the spark arrester muffler. (LATE PRODUCTION MACHINES)
3. Prevent the engine from starting by 4. Leave the seat bar up during this
disconnecting the wire from the procedure.
injection pump solenoid.
5. Turn the key to START for 30
seconds while the other person is
holding the block of wood over the
outlet pipe of the spark arrester
muffler. Turn the key to OFF.
6. Install the pipe plug in the spark
arrester muffler.
7. Connect the wire to the injection
pump.

134
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

ROLL-OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE

Your machine has a roll-over protective structure (ROPS) which is also certified
for falling object protection (FOPS). A ROPS label is fastened to the structure.
The ROPS label shows the serial number of the ROPS, gross weight, approval,
regulation, and model numbers of the machine.

ROPS Canopy Label

NOTE: For location of ROPS label, see page 4 in this manual.

TYPE- CERTIFICATION FOR

ROLLOVER
PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE S

fOR MAX. GROSS PROTECTION AffORDID BY THIS flOP'S

M AC HINE Wf l GHT WILL BE REDUCED IF THE RDPill IS
1 - - - - - - - - - - - - f - . L T E I I I E O . MAS STRUCTURAL DAMAGI.
AP,i ll O VA L OR HA!I BEEN SUIUECT TO UPS ET.
NllMIIER SEf OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR COM-
- - - - - - - - - - - ' - - - - - - - -- -- - - - - - 1 PLETE INST'IIUCTIONS AIIIO INIJ'ECTIOPI

BS99C025
llJ
(!)
Seat Belt Maintenance and 0
llJ
Inspection of ROPS (f)
The seat belt is an important part of I
After the first 20 hours of operation and f-
your ROPS. You must wear the seat
~
belt at all times when you operate the after every 500 hours of operation, do a:
machine. the following: f-

1. Check the torque of the ROPS

Before you operate this machine, mounting bolts. If necessary,
always make sure that the ROPS and tighten the bolts to the correct
operators seat belts are correctly torque. See Torque Specifications
installed. for ROPS, page 137.
2. Check the operators seat and the
mounting parts for the seat belt.
Tighten the bolts to the correct
torque. See Torque Specifications
for Seat, pages 138 and 141.
Replace parts that have wear or
damage.
3. Check for cracks, rust, or holes in
the ROPS and ROPS parts. Age,
weather, and accidents can cause
damage to the ROPS and ROPS
parts. If you have any doubt about
the ROPS system, see your Case
dealer.

135
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

Damage to the ROPS

If the machine has rolled over or the 3. Seat belt mounting bolts and seat
ROPS has been in some other type of belt.
accident (such as hitting an overhead
object during transport), you must Before you operate the machine,
replace the damaged ROPS replace all ROPS components that are
component parts. damaged.

After an accident, check the following See your dealer for replaceable
for damage. components.
1. ROPS canopy and side screens.
DO NOT TRY TO WELD OR
2. Operators seat. STRAIGHTEN THE ROPS.

WARNING: Do not modify ROPS in any manner. Unauthorized

modifications such as welding, drilling, cutting or adding attachments can
---i
JJ weaken the structure and reduce your protection. Replace ROPS if
~ subjected to roll-over or damage. Do not attempt to repair. SB026
---i
I
en
m WARNING: If you operate this machine without a ROPS and the machine
0
G) rolls over, you can be injured or killed. Remove the ROPS only for service
m or replacement. Do not operate this machine with the ROPS removed.
SA027

WARNING: Adding additional weight (attachments, etc.). To the machine

.&, can cause injury or death. Do not exceed the gross weight printed on the
ROPS label. SA028

WARNING: Improper ROPS inspection or maintenance can cause injury

or death. Do the recommended ROPS inspection shown in this manual. If
you must replace the ROPS, ROPS parts, or ROPS mounting hardware,
use only the replacement parts shown in the Case parts catalog tor this
machine. SA029

WARNING: ALWAYS fasten the seat belt and pull the seat bar down
before you start the engine. Make sure the buckle tor the seat belt is
fastened correctly. SB030

136
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

Torque Specifications for ROPS

llJ
1 (!)
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

BS99C026
1. TORQUE TO 109 TO 130 Nm (80 TO 96 POUND-FEET)
2. TORQUE TO 48 TO 57 Nm (35 TO 42 POUND-FEET)
3. TORQUE TO 54 TO 68 Nm (40 TO 50 POUND-FEET)
4. UPPER ROPS STRUCTURE
5. LOWER ROPS STRUCTURE

NOTE: Torque specifications are for clean, dry threads.

137
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

Torque Specifications for Standard Seat and Non-

Retractable Seat Belts

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m
0
G)
m

BS99C027
1. TIGHTEN TO 15.7 TO 28.3 Nm (11 TO 31 POUND-FEET)
2. TIGHTEN TO 69 TO 122 Nm (50 TO 90 POUND-FEET)

NOTE: Torque specifications are for clean, dry threads.

138
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

Torque Specifications for Standard Seat and

Retractable Seat Belts

llJ
(!)
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

BS99E078
1. TIGHTEN TO 24.3 TO 44 Nm (17.9 TO 32 .3 POUND-FEET)
2. TIGHTEN TO 28 TO 50 Nm (20.6 TO 37 POUND-FEET)

NOTE: Torque specifications are for clean, dry threads.

139
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

Torque Specifications for Deluxe Seat and Non-

Retractable Seat Belts

---i
JJ
~ I
---i \I
I ~""~~~~'-
en
m I ,,,"'.:,i\~'-s__,,
0
G) .. ,,~~'
m

BS99C028
1. TORQUE TO 15.7 TO 28 .3 Nm (11 .6 TO 21 POUND-FEET)
2. TORQUE TO 28 TO 50 Nm (20 .6 TO 37 POUND-FEET}
3. TORQUE TO 69 TO 122 Nm (50 TO 90 POUND-FEET}

NOTE: Torque specifications are for clean, dry threads.

140
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

Torque Specifications for Deluxe Seat and Retractable

Seat Belts

llJ
(!)
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

BS99E079
1. TORQUE TO 24.3 TO 44 Nm (17.9 TO 32.3 POUND-FEET)
2. TORQUE TO 28 TO 50 Nm (20.6 TO 37 POUND-FEET)

NOTE: Torque specifications are for clean, dry threads.

141
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

CASE MECHANICAL COUPLER

Coupler Attachment Fit-Up
1. Mount the attachment to the
coupler and engage the locking
wedges.
2. Raise the attachment enough to
allow measuring the distance
between the bottom of the coupler
and the lower angle bracket of the
attachment.

NOTE: Block the loader arms while the

attachment is raised.
3. If the measurement (X) is greater
than 9 .53 mm (0 .375 inch) see
BS99C029
---i your Case dealer 1. ATTACHMENT
JJ
~ 2. COUPLER
---i
I
en Wedge Adjustment
m
0
G) Check and adjust the locking wedge
m springs every 500 hours of operation.
~
1. Move the hand lever to the point
where the hand lever goes through
the over center position. With the
'~
'--
''\
I
0 '1 \
hand lever in this position the --
~) I
\
spring should be fully compressed.
If the spring is not fully compressed
do the following: I I 2
' 0
-~ /
~~ .____/~/
A. Remove the attachment.
BS99C030
B. Remove the nut and
1. NUT 4. WASHERS
disassemble the yoke rod
2. YOKE ROD 5. SPRING
from the trunnion. 3. TRUNNION
C. Add washers between the
trunnion and the spring . NOTE: If the hand lever will not move
D. Assemble the yoke rod and through the over center position,
trunnion and replace the nut. remove washers so that the over center
position can be achieved again.
E. Mount the attachment and
move the hand lever to the
over center position and
inspect the spring .
142
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

MAINTENANCE OF THE SEAT BELT

1. Check the seat belt for damage Keep the seat belt clean . Use only
every 500 hours of operation. soap and water to wash the seat belt.
Replace all parts that are damaged. Dye or other compounds can cause
damage to the seat beat.
2. Make sure that the mounting bolts
of the seat belt are tight. See
Torque Specifications for Seat
pages 138 - 141.

MACHINE CLEANING
It is recommended that the complete Dirt will cause rust on the engine oil
machine be kept clean. Machine pan and the loss of engine oil.
operation in water, mud, dust, landfill ,
or land clearing will require complete After cleaning is complete, install ALL
machine clean up. Cleaning includes covers and guards.
periodically removal of inspection
llJ
covers and guards to gain access for DO NOT operate machine with rear (!)
cleaning and removal of dirt or debris. access door open, or with covers or 0
llJ
Clean all dirt and foreign material from guards removed. (f)
the rear access door. I
f-
~
a:
f-
WARNING: Replace all covers or guards after servicing or cleaning the
machine. NEVER operate the machine with covers or guards removed.
Serious injury or death can result. CM115A

PLASTIC AND RESIN PARTS

Avoid using gasoline, kerosene, paint Using gasoline, kerosene, thinner, etc.,
thinner, etc., when cleaning plastic will cause decoloration, cracking or
windows, console, instrument cluster, deformation of the part being cleaned .
gauges, etc. Use ONLY water, mild
soap and a soft cloth when you clean
these parts.

FAN BELT REPLACEMENT

Check the condition of the engine fan Refer to your service manual for correct
belt periodically or as required . procedure to replace the engine fan
Replace the fan belt if you see any of belt.
the following: cuts, cracks, loose cords,
grease, oil or twisting.

143
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

THERMOSTARTSYSTEM
Late Production Machines

184579
---i
JJ Method of Operation
~
---i Turn the key to the ON position. Depress and hold the coldstart rocker switch for
I 20 to 25 seconds. Turn the key to the START position to start the engine.
en
m During the heat cycle, a nichrome wire element heats the fuel control valve in the
0
G) flamestart device. Differential expansion of the valve components cause the valve
m to open. When the engine is cranked, the transfer pump fuel pressure causes a
small amount of fuel to leak through the valve and flow over the heating element.
The element is hot enough to ignite the fuel and this preheats the incoming air.
After the engine starts, the incoming air cools.

Checking the System

1. Check the electrical connection to the thermostart unit to be sure it is clean
(located in the intake manifold).
2. Start the engine while cold, using the thermostart and quickly shut the engine
off. If the unit is working correctly, the thermostart unit should be warm.
3. The thermostart unit also makes a distinctive "pop" as the fuel coming through
the thermostart ignites. Check this by listening at the rear of the machine
while another person presses the thermostart switch. (The key switch must be
in the ON position without actually starting the engine). If there is no "pop" the
thermostart is not working and should be replaced.

If the thermostart is leaking it will cause black smoke in the exhaust, erratic
running and increased fuel consumption. If you suspect this, run the engine for a
few minutes and then shut it off. Remove the thermostart unit from the inlet
manifold and look for traces of wet fuel.
144
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

THERMOSTARTSYSTEM
Late Production Machines

6~
... ··· ,
'I ;
,-
••, . : )
j

--,
'I
''
'
''' I
-, ,ai --<-') llJ
(~'/-- _-,'.'.':';.-·· · (!)
·<Y@ 0
llJ
~~ - (f)
'® I
f-
~
a:f-

BS97D234
1. THERMOSTART UNIT

145
 MAINTENANCE/ADJUSTMENTS

NOTES

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m
0
G)
m

146
 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

BATTERY SERVICE

C:
WARNING: Battery acid causes severe burns. Batteries contain sulfuric 0
acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Antidote - EXTERNAL: flush C: :.:;
co
0
with water. INTERNAL: drink large quantities of water or milk. Follow with ;E
milk of magnesia, beaten egg or vegetable oil. Call physician immediately. co :i..
E.E
EYES: flush with water for 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention.
8B032
o-~
- G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
WARNING: When the battery electrolyte is frozen, the battery can .!!E
C. G)
explode if, (1) you try to charge the battery, or (2) you try to jump start and E->,G)
run the engine. To prevent the battery electrolyte from freezing, try to keep
the battery at full charge. If you do not follow these instructions, you or
- a.
coG)

others in the area can be injured. SA033 :2.~

..c: "O

WARNING: Sparks or flame can cause hydrogen gas in a battery to

explode. To prevent an explosion, do the following: 1. When you
llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
disconnect the battery cables, always disconnect the negative (1) battery llJ
(f)
cable first. 2. When you connect the battery cables, always connect the
I
negative (-) cable last. 3. Do not short circuit the battery posts with metal f-
items. 4. Do not weld, grind, or smoke near a battery. SB034 ~
a:
f-
NOTE: The electrical system in this Before you use an electric welder,
machine is 12 volts. disconnect the alternator wires.

Before you service components of the Do not use a steam cleaner or cleaning
electrical system, always disconnect solvent to clean the alternator.
the negative(-) battery cable. -CO
00
CJ I
IC\I
Do not run the engine with the battery T""C
I I
cables disconnected or with the 2: r--
alternator wires disconnected. 0 ~
• • T""
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

147
 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Battery Fluid Level Cleaning the Battery

Check the fluid level every 250 hours of Check the battery regularly for dirt,
'er} 'er} operation. corrosion and damage. Dirt, mixed with
33 electrolyte or moisture on the top of the
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
If the fluid level is low, add clean or
distilled water to each cell until the fluid
level is at the split ring at the bottom of
each cell opening.
battery can cause a discharged
condition in the battery. Use one of the
following methods to clean the battery.
;-3
•• CD
1. Use Case Battery Saver, part
........ IMPORTANT: If the temperature is 0°C
number M20376. Follow the
<OQ instructions on the container. This
(Os {32 °F) or below and you have added
1--.i I cleaner does not need water.
water to the battery, do the following:
c....i.
I\) I Connect a battery charger to the 2. Use baking soda or ammonia and
Ic, battery or run the engine for flush the outside of the battery with
co
a,- approximately two hours. This water. If you do not have Case
procedure is necessary to mix the Battery Saver, use other special
water with the electrolyte. cleaners to prevent corrosion on
---i the battery terminals.
JJ
~ 3. Spray the battery terminals with
---i battery terminal protector. Do not
I
en use grease.
m
0
G)
m

RD 98C044

148
 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

WORK LAMPS

Front Work Lamps Rear Work Lamp C:

0
C: :.:;
0 co
;E
co I,,.

E.E
o-~
- G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E-
G) >,
-G) a.
co
:2.~
.c: "O
B876571W B876597W

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
Lamp Replacement (Early Production Machines) 0
llJ
(f)
1. Remove the two screws from the 2. Disconnect the electrical I
f-
back of the lamp. connector, and install the new
~
lamp. a:
f-

-CO
00
CJ I
IC\I
T""C
I I
2: r--
0 ~
•• T""
G) ••
B876595W E!
co co
B876596W
zc

Lamp Adjustment --
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

To adjust lamp for correct illuminating position, loosen base pivoting bolt, adjust to {E.{E.
desired angle and tighten bolt

149
 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Lamp Replacement (Late Production Machines)

1. Unfasten the retainer clip on the 4. Use tissue paper to hold the new
'er} 'er} back of the lamp. bulb while installing it into the bulb
33 socket. Grease and oil from your
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
skin will shorten the bulb life.
5. Install the bulb socket in the back
of the lamp assembly.
;-3
•• CD 6. Attach the retainer clip back to the
........ bulb socket.
<OQ
(Os
1--.i I NOTE: Both the front and rear work
c....i.
I\) I lamp bulbs are replaced in the same
I c, manner.
co
a,-

BD99E016

---i 2. Rotate the electrical connector and

JJ
bulb socket on the back of the lamp
~
---i assembly 1/4 turn.
I
en
m
0
G)
m

BD99E015

3. Remove the bulb from the bulb

socket and discard.

150
 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

FUSES AND RELAYS

Early Production Machines
C:
0
C: :.:;
Lamp Fuse - 20 Amp Main Electrical System Fuse - 0 co
Part Number - A149802 30Amp ;E
co I,,.

Part Number - A149804 E.E

Fuse Color-Yellow
Fuse Color-Green
o-~
- G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E-
G) >,
-G) a.
co
:2.~
.c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
A19222 (f)
(Located on the right side of engine) A19222 I
f-
(Located on right side of engine) ~
a:
f-
Late Production Machines
Lamp Fuse - 20 Amp Main Electrical System Relay
Part Number - A149802 Part Number - A149804
Fuse Color-Yellow Fuse Color-Green
-CO
00
CJ I
IC\I
T""C
I I
2: r--
0 ~
•• T""
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.
BD99F003 BD99F003

(Located under the operators seat) (Located under the operators seat)

151
 CJ)
w
.... C\J
L!)

0 T"""

:a:
w
I-
en
>-
en
..J
<C
0
cc
l-
ow
..J
w

TRIM THIS EDGE

Template Name: OM_1_col Alt= to hide template information

Template Date: 1997_02_06 Alt+ to display template information
 STORAGE

STORAGE
Preparing the Machine for Storage C:
0
C: :.:;
If the machine is to be in storage for 10. Drain the cooling system. Leave co
0
;E
more than 30 days, park the machine the drain valves open and do not co I,,.

inside a building. If a building is not tighten the radiator cap. Put a Do E.E
available, park the machine in a dry Not Operate tag in the cab. o-~
- G)
area on planks and cover the machine
11. Clean or replace the air cleaner ·-
C: -co
with a waterproof covering.
elements. !a.
1. Wash the machine. .!!E
12. Cover the exposed cylinder rods, C. G)

2. Lubricate the machine at all grease and valve spools with Case Rust
E->,G)

fittings. and Corrosion Preventive (Part - a.

coG)
Number B17510). :2.~
3. Paint any areas where the paint .c: "O
has been damaged.
4. Move all hydraulic controls to
relieve any pressure in the
13. Charge the battery. Remove the
battery from the machine and put
the battery on a wooden pallet in a llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
cool dry area. If possible, keep the 0
hydraulic circuits. llJ
battery in a building where the
(f)
5. Drain the fuel tank. temperature is above freezing 0°c I
(32 °F) . Make sure the battery is f-
6. Put approximately 8 litres (2 U.S. ~
clean.
gallons) of diesel flushing oil in the a:
f-
fuel tank. Run the engine until the
NOTE: Check the battery periodically
exhaust smoke is blue-white.
for the correct electrolyte level. Test the
7. Drain the flushing oil from the fuel electrolyte with a hydrometer. When
tank. the hydrometer reading is near 1.215,
charge the battery.
8. Put one teaspoon of Shell Oil
-CO
Company VPI crystals in the fuel 00
tank.
Chain Compartments CJ
IC\I
I
T""C

9. Change the engine oil and replace 1. Drain and flush both chain I I
compartments. 2: r--
the oil filter. 0 ~
• • T""
2. Put new oil into each chain G) ••
compartment. E!
co co
zc
WARNING: Batteries produce explosive gases. Keep sparks, flame, and
cigarettes away. Ventilate when charging or using in an enclosed space.
Always shield eyes when working near batteries. SA031
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

{E.{E.

153
 STORAGE

REMOVAL FROM STORAGE

'er} 'er} DO NOT start the engine until steps 1 9. Remove air from the engine fuel
33 through 9 have been done. lines.
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
1. Fill the fuel tank.
2. Tighten the engine collant drain
valve. Put coolant into the engine
10. Install the battery.
11. Remove the Do Not Operate tag.
12. Start the engine and run at idle
;-3
•• CD
cooling system.
speed for 2 minutes. Check for
........ 3. Check the engine oil level. leaks around the filters and drain
<OQ
(Os plugs.
1--.i I 4. Check the condition of the engine
c....i. fan belt and replace if required. 13. Stop the engine and check the fluid
I\) I
I c, levels of the engine , hydraulic
co 5. Check the hydraulic fluid level.
a,- system , engine cooling system and
6. Use a petroleum base solvent and chain compartments.
remove the Case Rust and
Corrosion Preventive from the
---i
JJ hydraulic cylinder rods and spools.
~
---i 7. Check drive chain compartments
I oil levels.
en
m 8. Replace fuel filter.
0
G)
m

154
 SPECIFICATIONS

NOTE: All specifications are given according to SAE standards or Recommended

Practices where the specification applies.
C:
0
ENGINE C:-:.:;
0 co
Make and model ..................................................................... Case 4-390, Diesel ;E
co :i..
Firing order. .............. ................... .............. .. .. .. ... .................................. ...... 1-3-4-2 E.E
Bore and stroke ............................................... 102 x120 mm (4.02 x 4.72 inches)
-
o-~ G)
Displacement ................................................................ 3933 cu cm (239 cu inch) C: -co
·-
Compression ratio !a.
.!!E
Early Production Machines ............ .............. .. ................................ ....... 17 .8 to 1 C. G)
Late Production Machines ........................ .. .. ........................................... 19 to 1 E->,G)
Horsepower - a.
coG)
SAE gross ................... .. ......... ... ..... . 40.3 kW at 2000 r/min (54 hp at 2000 rpm) :2.~
SAE net. .......................................... 37.3 kW at 2000 r/min (50 hp at 2000 rpm) ..c: "O
Engine speeds:
Full throttle, no load .................. .............. .. .. .. .......................... 2125 to 2175 rpm
Rated speed - full load .............. ..... ............. .. ....................................... 2000 rpm
llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
Idle speed ............................................................................................ 1000 rpm llJ
(f)
Valve clearance - engine cold I
f-
Intake valves ... .. ... .. ... ........ ..... ........ ............. ... ........... .... ... . 0.254 mm (.01 O inch) ~
Exhaust valves ............................... ............. .. .................... 0.508 mm (.020 inch) a:
f-

COOLING SYSTEM
Radiator cap ................................................................................ 103 kPa (15 psi)
Thermostat ........................................................................................ 82' C (180°F)
Opening range ............................... ...... .. ... ..... ..... ..... 83° to 95' C (181 ' to 203°F) -N
Fully open ....................................................................................... 94'C (202' F) ON
CJ I
,.... 1,-
,....
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM I I
2: U')
0~
Main relief valve pressure settings .. ,....
G) ••
Loader ............................................................... 16548-17237 kPa, 165-173 bar
E!
(2300-2500 psi) at 2000 rpm co co
zc
Backhoe ......................................... ............. .. .... 16548-17237 kPa, 165-173 bar
(2300-2500 psi) at 1O gpm
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co
at maximum 1/2 engine throttle
{E.{E.
NOTE: (Hydraulic oil at operating temperature - pressure measured at outlet of
equipment pump)

155
 SPECIFICATIONS

OPERATING WEIGHTS
'er} 'er} Basic Machine
33 Operating weight.. ............................................................ 2521 kg (5558 pounds)
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
NOTE: Operating weight includes full fuel, 79 kg (175 pound) operator, 1372 mm
(54 inch) dirt bucket, 7.00 x 15 6PR tires, ROPS, Case pinned coupler, and
;-3 standard equipment.
•• CD
........
<OQ
(Os Additional Weights for Optional Equipment
lc.nl
............ Manure Fork .................................................. ....................... 170 kg (378 pounds)
....i.1
I c, Manure Fork Grapple ............... ................... .. ......................... 61 kg (136 pounds)
NO
N- Pallet Fork with Dirt Guard ............................ ........................ 211 kg (466 pounds)
1372 mm (54 inch) Loader Dirt Bucket ................................ 155 kg (343 pounds)
1600 mm (63 inch) Loader Dirt Bucket ................................ 170 kg (374 pounds)
---i
JJ 1372 mm (54 inch) Loader Utility Bucket.. .. .. ....................... 194 kg (428 pounds)
~
---i 1600 mm (63 inch) Loader Utility Bucket.. ........................... 209 kg (462 pounds)
I
en 1854 mm (73 inch) Loader Utility Bucket.. .. .. .... .... .... .... .... ... 225 kg (496 pounds)
m D100 Backhoe (without bucket) .................. .. ...................... 515 kg (1135 pounds)
0
G) D1 00XR Backhoe (without bucket) ..................................... 595 kg (1311 pounds)
m
10.00 x 16.5 6PR, Goodyear tires ........................................ 160 kg (352 pounds)
10.00 x 16.5 8PR, Galaxy tires ............................................ 181 kg (400 pounds)
13.00 x 16.5 10PR Galaxy tires ........................................... n.a. kg (n.a. pounds)
6.50 x 16 Mitco, solid non-pneumatic tires .. .. ....................... 290 kg (640 pounds)
7.50 x 15 Airboss, segmented non-pneumatic ..................... 160 kg (352 pounds)
10.00 x 16.5 Airboss, segmented non-pneumatic tires ........ 323 kg (712 pounds)

n.a. = not available

POWER TRAIN
Type .................................................................................................... Hydrostatic
Transmission .................... Tandem pump assembly that has two servo controlled
variable displacement pumps and two fixed
displacement motors - drive chains to each wheel

156
 SPECIFICATIONS

BACKHOE BUCKETS
D100 and D1 00XR C:
0
C: :.:;
STRUCK HEAPED co
0
WIDTH TYPE WEIGHT
CAPACITY CAPACITY ;E
mm (Inch) m3 (cu/ft) m3 (cu/ft) kg (Lbs.)
co I,,.

E.E
330
457
13
18
Trenching
Trenching
0.032(1.13)
0.046 (1.62)
0.040 (1.38)
0.059 (2.08)
45
53 116
98
-
o-~ G)

610 24 Trenching 0.065 (2.29) 0.086 (3.05) 63 138

·-
C: -co
!a.
305 12 Bellhole 0.029 (1.05) 0.037 (1.31) 36 80 .!!E
C. G)
457 18 Bellhole 0.045 (1 .60) 0.056 (1 .96) 49 107
E->,G)
- a.
co
LOADER BUCKETS G)
:2.~
.c: "O
TYPE

1372 mm Dirt (54 inch)

STRUCK
CAPACITIES
m 3 (cu
0.22 (7.9)
ft)
SAE HEAPED
CAPACITIES
m3 (cu ft)
0.28 (10.1)
WEIGHT

kg (lbs)
155 (343)
llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
1600 mm Dirt (63 inch) 0.26 (9.1) 0.34 (11.8) 170 (374) llJ
(f)
1372 mm Utility (54 inch) 0.39 (13.7) 0.48 (17.0) 194 (428)
I
1600 mm Utility (63 inch) 0.45 (15.9) 0.56 (19.8) 209 (462) f-
~
1854 mm Utility (73 inch) 0.52 (18.5) 0.65 (23.1) 225 (496) a:
f-

MANURE FORK
Number of tines ........................................... .. .. .................................................. . 11
Width between each tine ...................................................... 107 mm (4.2 inches)
Overall width of tines ...... .......... ........ ............. .. ....... ............ 1379 mm 54.3 inches) -N
ON
Length of tines ...................................................................... 686 mm (27 inches) CJ I
,.... 1,-
,....
NOTE: Hydraulic grapple is available for Manure Fork. I I
2: U')
0~
PALLET FORK WITH BRICK GUARD .. ,....
G) ••

Maximum width of forks (centerlines) ................................. 932 mm (36.7 inches) E!

co co
zc
Minimum width of forks (centerlines) ............. .. ....... .............. 200 mm (7.9 inches)
Length of fork ...................................................................... 1067 mm (42 inches)
Overall width of attachment ........ ..... ............. .. ................. 1232 mm (48.5 inches)
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

Rated operating load - at 610mm (24 inch) load center) ... ... 394 kg (870 pounds) {E.{E.
Tipping load - SAE rated (at 610mm (24 inch} load center 789 kg (1740 pounds)

157
 SPECIFICATIONS

OPERATING DATA AND DIMENSIONS

'er} 'er} Dump angle at full height.. ............................................................. 42.5 degrees
33 A. Dump height, maximum height ........ ...... .. .. ............ .........2134 mm (84 inches)
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
B. Dump reach, maximum height... ....... ...... .. .. ............ .......... .559 mm (22 inches)
C. Overall operating height, maximum ........ .. .... ........ .... .. 3696 mm (145.5 inches)
D. Overall height to top of ROPS .......... ..... ... .. ............ ......... 1956 mm (77 inches)
;-3
•• CD E. Ground clearance ....... ...................... ..... ... .................. ..... . 165 mm (6.5 inches)
........
<OQ F. Wheel base with new drive chains .... ...... .. ........................ .940 mm (37 inches)
(Os
lc.nl G. Overall length without attachments, with Case coupler2451 mm (96.5 inches)
............ H. Overall length with bucket on ground ..... .. .. ............ ....... 3175 mm (125 inches)
....i.1
I c,
NO J. Clearance circle, front (with 1372 mm (54 inch) bucket) .. 1854 mm (73 inches)
N-
K. Clearance circle, front (without bucket) ........................... 1118 mm (44 inches)
L. Clearance circle, rear .. ............................. ........................ 1499 mm (59 inches)
M. Tread width, centerlines- with 10.00 x 16.5 flotation tires ... ....... ... .... 1242 mm
---i
JJ (48.9 inches)
~
N. Overall width of machine
---i
I with 6.50 x 16 Mitco solid ....................................... 1351 mm (53.2 inches)
en
m with 7.50 x 16 Airboss industrial. ......................... ... 1463 mm (57.6 inches)
0
G) with 10.00 x 16.5 Airboss ........... ...... .. .. ............ ...... 1492 mm (58.8 inches)
m
with 10.00 x 16.5 flotation .......... ...... .. .................... 1521 mm (59.9 inches)
with 13.00 x 16.5 Galaxy ............ ............................... 1651 mm (65 inches)
P. Height to bucket pivot pin ..... ............. ...... .. .................. 2807 mm (110.5 inches)

Lift capacity to full height ....................... ...... .. ..... ...... ......... 1193 kg (2630 pounds)
Rated operating load (SAE) ............................................... 635 kg (1400 pounds)
Tipping load - SAE rated .. ....... .... ...... ........... .. ........ .......... 1270 kg (2800 pounds)
Travel speed, forward and reverse ....... ....... ......................... 10 km/h (6.2 m.p.h.)

NOTE: Specifications measured with full fuel, 80 kg (175 pound) operator, 1372
mm (54 inch) dirt bucket, 7.00 x 15 6PR tires, ROPS, Case Coupler and standard
equipment.

158
 SPECIFICATIONS

OPERATING DATA AND DIMENSIONS

C:
0
C: :.:;
0 co
;E
co I,,.

E.E
-
o-~ G)
N ·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E-
G) >,
-G) a.
co
:2.~
.c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:f-

-N
ON
CJ I
,.... 1,-
,....
I I
2: U')
0~
.. ,....
G) ••
E!
co co
zc
--
a.a.
G) G)
co co
EE
{E.{E.
BS99C031

159
 SPECIFICATIONS

D100 BACKHOE
'er} 'er} NOTE: Backhoe specifications are measured with 10.00 x 16.5 tires, 610 mm (24
33 inch} backhoe trenching bucket, full fuel tank and standard equipment.
"'C "'C

--
0) 0)
CD CD
CZ
0) 0)
Operating Data and Dimensions

;-3
•• CD
........
<OQ
(Os
lc.nl
............
....i.1 E
I c,
NO
N-

--i
JJ
~
--i
I
en
m
0
G)
m B

BS99C032

A. Digging radius - from swing pivot ...... .... ... .................. ..... ..... 2.9 m (9 ft 6 inch)
B. Digging depth - maximum ................................................. 2.39 m (7 ft 1O inch)
C. Loading height... ......... ............................. .................. ........ 1.19 m (3 ft 11 inch)
D. Loading reach ............. ..................................................... 1.36 m (4 ft 5.5 inch)
Swing arc ....... ........................................................................................... 176°
Bucket rotation ... ...... .... ...... .... ...... ............. ...... ... ...... ... .. ...... .. ..... ... ..... .... ... 132°
Stabilizer spread - wing type-operating position ...... ....... 3.2 m (10 ft 4.5 inch)
E. Overall height - maximum ................. ...... .. ....................... 2.53 m (8 ft 3.5 inch)
Overall height - machine in the transport position ........ 2.05 m (6 ft 8.75 inch)
Overall length - machine in the transport position ......... .4.24 m (13 ft 11 inch)
Ground clearance ............................ ...... .. ........................... 127 mm (5 inches)
160
 SPECIFICATIONS

D1 OOXR BACKHOE
NOTE: Backhoe specifications are measured with 10.00 x 16.5 tires, 610 mm (24 C:
inch) backhoe trenching bucket, full fuel tank and standard equipment. 0
C: :.:;
co
0
Operating Data and Dimensions ;E
co :i..
E.E
-
o-~ G)
·-
C: -co
!a.
.!!E
C. G)
E->,G)
- a.
coG)
:2.~
..c: "O

llJ
(!)
--
00
II +
!:: !::
<C<C
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

BS99C033

A. Digging radius - from swing pivot.. ............ .. ...................... 3.5 m (11 ft 4.8 inch) -N
ON
B. Digging depth - maximum ............ ............. .. ..................... 2.82 m (9 ft 2.9 inch) CJ I
C. Loading height.. .......................................... ...................... 1.28 m 4 ft 2.5 inch)
,.... 1,-
,....
I I
D. Loading reach .................................................................. 1.85 m (6 ft 0.8 inch) 2: U')
0~
Swing arc .................................................................................................. 176° .. ,....
G) ••
Bucket rotation .......................................................................................... 132° E!
Stabilizer spread - wing type
co co
zc
operating position ... ...... ....... ........ .. ... .. .. .. ..................... 3.2 m (10 ft 4.5 inch)
transport position .. .... .............. ...... ........ ....................... 1.64 m (5 ft 4.5 inch)
E. Overall height - maximum .............................................. 3.14 m (10 ft 3.5 inch)
--
a.a.
EE
G) G)
co co

F. Overall height - machine in the transport position .............. 2.1 m (6ft 11.3 inch) {E.{E.
G. Overall length - backhoe in the transport position ..... .. .... 4.3 4 m (14 ft 3 inch)
H. Ground clearance ................................................................ 107 mm (4.2 inch)
161
en
z
0
j::
<(
0
u::::
0
w
C.
en

CJ)
w C\J
l- <.O
oz T"""

TRIM THIS EDGE

Template Name: OM_1_col Alt= to hide template information

Template Date: 1995_11_22 Alt+ to display template information
 DETAIL INDEX
A C
Access Door, Rear .................. 91 Canopy Label, ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Adding Air to the Tires ............... 82 Case Coupler, Grease Fittings ....... . 98
After Delivery Check ......... 2, 169, 171 Case Mechanical Coupler . .... . .. 62 , 142
Air Filter Restriction ................ 104 Attachment Fit-Up ...... .. ..... 142
Air Filter System Specifications ....... 104 Wedge Adjustment .. . . .. . . .. . .. 142
Air Filters Case Pinned Coupler ... . ... .. ..... . 63
Primary Element Cast Ductile Iron Safety . . .... . ..... . 15
Cleaning ...... .. ...... ......... ........... 109 Chart, Lubrication/Maintenance .... . 89, 90
Early Production .................. .. .. 105 Cold Weather Operation . . .... . ..... . 52
Late Production ...... .... ............. 106 Cold Weather Starting ..... ... . .. . 53, 54
Secondary Element Controls
Early Production .... ..... ............. 107 Backhoe ... .. .... . . ... . . .. 48 , 66
Late Production .... .... ..... .. .... .... 108 Hydraulic Attachment . . .. ...... . . 46
B Loader, Foot . . .... . ... . ...... . 45
Backhoe Loader, Hand . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . 44
Components .................... 8 Coolant
Controls ................... 48, 66 Levels . .. . .. . . . .. . . . . . . .. . .. 111
D100 Specifications ............ 160 Solution ..... . ... . ........... 110 llJ
(!)
D100XR Specifications .......... 161 System Cleaning .... . ... . . .. .. 112 0
llJ
Digging .. . ................. 68, 70 Cooling System Specifications . . ..... 155
(f)
Hydraulic Power . .. .. .......... . 67 Coupler I
Installing .......... . ........... 73 Case Mechanical ..... ... . . . .. .. 62 f-
Case Pinned . . .... . ... . . ..... . 63 ~
Lifting ........................ 72 a:
Operation ........ . .. .. .. . .. . .. 65 D f-
Pivots, D100 ... . .............. . 94 Decals
Pivots, D1 00XR . .. . ........... . 95 Maintenance . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . 87
Removal . . .... . ... . .... . ..... . 74 Safety . ..... . ... . ........... . 18
Serial Number . ... ... . .... .. ..... 5 Diesel Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Backhoe Bucket Specifications ... . .... 157 Digging with the Backhoe ............ 70
Back-Up Alarm . ................... . 34 Dimension Specifications . .... . .. 158, 159
Battery Disabled Machine, Moving .......... . 80
Cleaning ..................... 148 Door, Rear Access ................ . 91
Fluid Level ................... 148 Drive Chain
Service ...................... 14 7 Adjusting .................... 131
Before Digging with the Backhoe ....... 68 Oil Change ............. . ..... 122
Before Operation Safety ............. . 11 Oil Level ...... . .. . ... . . ..... 122
Bi-Direction High Flow Control Switch ... 47 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Booster Battery Connection ........... 56 Tension, Checking .. . .... . .... . 129
Bucket Operation ... . .............. . 59 Dust Valve . ..... . .... . . . . . . .. . .. 104
Bucket Pivots . . .................... 93
Burn Prevention Safety ............. . 12

163
 E G
Engine Cooling System Specifications .. 110 General Safety ..................... 85
Engine Hand Throttle .......... . . . .. 34 Grapple Fork Pivots .. .. .... .. ....... 96
Engine Hourmeter ....... . ..... . .... 87 H
Engine Lubrication ............ . .... 99 Hand Signals - Safety ................ 23
Engine Oil Hazardous Chemicals Safety .......... 12
Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 High Flow Hydraulic System ........... 75
Filter Replacement ............. 102 Bi-Directional .................. 77
Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 Single Direction ................. 76
Selection ..................... 99 Hillside Operation .... . ..... . ........ 60
Temperature ...... .. .... . .... 100 Horn Button ....................... 34
Viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Hot Weather Operation ............... 57
Engine Operation ...... .. .... .. .. .. 50 Hourmeter, Engine .................. 87
Engine Serial Number .... . ..... . ..... 4 Hydraulic Attachment Controls ......... 46
Engine Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 101 , 155 Hydraulic Oil
Engine Speed ................ . .... 51 Change ........ . ..... . ....... 121
Engine Starting ... . .... .. .... . ..... 50 Filter, Check .......... . ....... 120
Engine Stopping ................... 51 Filter, Replacement ............. 120
Ether Starting Aid .................. 53 Level . . ............... . ...... 119
---i
Button ....................... 31 Hydraulic Power for Backhoe .. ... . .. . . 67
JJ Explosion Prevention Safety .......... 13 Hydraulic System Specifications ... 118, 155
~ F
---i
I
I Fan Belt, Engine Inflating the Tire .................... 82
en Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Installing the Backhoe ............... 73
m Features, Safety .................... 9
0 Instrument Cluster ............ 27, 28, 29
G) Filters
m Instrument Panel
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 Early Production ............. 30, 31
Fuel, Replacement .... . .. . .. . .. 116 Late Production .............. 32, 33
Hydraulic Oil ................. 120 K
Fire Prevention Safety .... .. .. . .. . ... 13 Key Switch . .................... 30, 32
Fluids and Lubricants ... . ........... 88 Knob
Front of Machine ........ . ..... . ..... 3 Lamps, Work .... .... . ..... . .. . . 31
Fuel Conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
L
Fuel Filter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Lamp Adjustment .... .. .. ...... .... 149
Fuel Storage ................ . .... 113
Lamp Replacement
Fuel System
Early Production ............... 149
Draining Water ..... . .......... 115
Late Production ........ . ....... 150
Removing Air ................. 117
Lamps, Work ............. . ....... 149
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Left Side of Machine ................. 3
Fuel Tank ....................... 114
Lifting the Machine ............... . .. 79
Draining Water ............ . ... 115
Lifting with the Backhoe .............. 72
Fuel, Diesel .................. . ... 113
Loader Bucket Serial Number ........... 5
Fuses ......... .. .... .. .... . . ... 151
Loader Bucket Specifications ......... 157

164
 L 0
Loader Controls Operators Presence System . . . . .. .. . . 39
Foot Pedals ... . .. . . .......... . 45 Operators Seat
Hand Levers ................... 44 Deluxe (Early Production) . . ..... . 36
Loader Cross Shaft Pivot ............. 97 Deluxe (Late Production) ........ . 37
Loader Lift Arm Removal .......... . ... . . ... .. 38
Pivots ........................ 93 Standard .................... . 35
Support Strut .. . .. . ........... . 86 p
Loader Operation ............ . ..... . 59 Pallet Fork Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Lubricants ... . .............. . ..... 88 Parking the Machine ............... . 51
Lubrication/Maintenance Chart ...... 89, 90 Parking the Machine Safety .... . ..... . 15
M Pivots
Machine Cleaning .. . ... . .......... 143 Bucket . ..... . . . .. . ... .. ..... . 93
Machine Components ... . ...... . .... 6, 7 D100 Backhoe ..... . ... .. ..... . 94
Machine Operation .. . .............. . 58 D1 00XR Backhoe .. . ... .. ..... . 95
Machine Operation Safety ............ 14 Grapple Fork ................. . 96
Machine Transporting ................ 78 Loader Cross Shaft ............ . 97
Maintenance Safety ................. 17 Loader Lift Arm ......... . ...... 93
Maintenance Schedule ............... 87 Manure Fork ................. . 96
Manual Storage Box ................. 10 Steering Cross Shaft ..... . ..... . 97 llJ
Manure Fork Pivots . . .............. . 96 Plastic and Resin Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 (!)
0
Manure Fork Specifications .......... 157 Power Train Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 156 llJ
(f)
Moving a Disabled Machine .......... . 80 Pressurized Fluid and Grease .. . .. . .. . 17
I
Moving the Machine When You Dig ..... 71 Product Identification Number .. . ..... . . 4 f-
Muffler, Spark Arrester .............. 134 R ~
0 Rear of Machine .... . .. . . .. . . .. . .. . . 3 a:
f-
Oil Change Relays .................... . ..... 151
Drive Chain ................... 122 Relief Valve Settings ............... 155
Engine ...................... 102 Removing the Backhoe ............. . 74
Hydraulic . ................... 121 Right Side of Machine ... . .... . .. . .. . . 3
Oil Temperature Range, Engine ....... 100 ROPS .......................... 135
Oil Viscosity, Engine .. ... . ..... . ... 100 Canopy Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Operating Data Specifications .... 158, 159 Damage ..... . .... . .... . ..... 136
Operating in Cold Weather .. .. .... .. .. 52 Maintenance and Inspection . .. .. 135
Operating in Hot Weather ............ . 57 Serial Number ..... . .... . ..... . . 4
Operating on a Hillside .............. . 60 Torque Specifications .. . . . .. . .. 137
Operating the Backhoe .............. . 65 Run-In Period ......... . .... . ..... . 49
Operating the Loader . .... .... . .. .. . . 59 s
Operation Weight Specifications ....... 156 Safety
Operator Restraint System ............ 39 Decals ... . .... . .. . . .. . . .. .. . . 18
Operators Compartment General ....... . ... ... . . .. .. . . 85
Moving Forward . . ........ . .... 123 Hand Signals ................. . 23
Moving Rearward ... . .......... 126 Rules ......... . . ... .. . . .. .. . . 10

165
 s s
Safety Before You Do Service ......... 85 Specifications - continued
Safety Features .............. . .. . ... 9 Engine Cooling System .. .. ...... 11 O
Safety Rules Engine Service ................ 101
Before Operation .......... . .... 11 Fuel System .................. 114
Burn Prevention ........... . .... 12 Hydraulic System .......... 118, 155
Cast Ductile Iron . .. . .. ... ... . .. 15 Loader Buckets ... . .... .. ...... 157
Explosion Prevention ............ 13 Manure Fork .................. 157
Fire Prevention ......... . ...... 13 Operating Data ............ 158, 159
Hazardous Chemicals ........... 12 Operating Weights ............. 156
Machine Operation ........ . ..... 14 Pallet Fork ................... 157
Maintenance .................. 17 Power Train .................. 156
Parking the Machine ....... . .. .. 15 Torque
Pressurized Fluid and Grease . .... 17 Deluxe Seat ..................... 140, 141
Utility ................... .. ... 16 Non-Retractable
Wheels and Tires ............... 15 Seat Belt .. .. ....... 138, 140
Seat Bar ............. .. .... . ..... 39 Retractable Seat Belt ... .... 139, 141
Testing .................. . ... 128 ROPS ...................................... 137
Seat Belts .................... 39, 135 Standard Seat .................. 138, 139
---i
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Starting the Engine .................. 50
JJ Non-Retractable ................ 41 Steering Controls ................... 43
~ Torque Specifications ...... 138, 140 Steering Cross Shaft Pivot ............ 97
---i
I Retractable . . .. . ..... . .. . . .. .. 42 Steering Lever, Adjustment ....... ... 133
en Torque Specifications ...... 139, 141 Stopping the Engine ................. 51
m Seat, Operators Storage Preparation ................ 153
0
G) Deluxe Storage Removal .... . ..... . ....... 154
m Early Production ..... .. ......... ........ 36 Strut, Support ....... . ..... . ........ 86
Late Production ......................... 37 Switches
Standard ..................... 35 Bi-Direction High Flow Control ..... 47
Torque Specifications 138, 139, 140, 141 Key ............ . .. . ..... . . 30, 32
Serial Numbers ............... . ..... 4 Single Direction High Flow Control .. 47
Single Direction High Flow Thermostart ................... 33
Control Switch ............. 47 Work Lamp .................... 33
Spark Arrester Muffler .............. 134 Systemgard Analysis Program ......... 92
Specifications T
Air Filter System ... . ..... . .... 104 Thermostart System .. . ...... 54, 144, 145
Backhoe Buckets ... .. . . .. . .. . . 157 Theromstart Switch ................. 33
Cooling System ............... 155 Tires .... . ....................... 81
D100 Backhoe ...... . ......... 160 Adding Air ..................... 82
D100XR Backhoe . .. . .. . .. . . .. . 161 Inflating ....................... 82
Dimensions .............. 158, 159 Pressure ........ . ............. 83
Drive Chain .............. . ... 122 Service ....................... 82
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 Tread Direction .. . ..... . ........ 83

166
 T V
To the Owner ......... .. ............ 1 Valve, Dust .. .. ......... ... . .. . .. 104
Torque Specifications w
Deluxe Seat .............. 140, 141 Walk-Around Inspection . . .... . .. . .. . 50
Non-Retractable Seat Belt ... 138, 140 Wedge Adjustment, Coupler ... . ..... 142
Retractable Seat Belt .. .. ... 139, 141 Wheel Nuts, Torque Specification .. . . . . 83
ROPS ....................... 137 Wheels ... . ..... . .... . .... . ..... . 81
Standard Seat .. . .. . ....... 138, 139 Window, Rear .................... . 61
Wheel Nuts .... . .............. . 83 Work Lamps ....... .. .. .. ... 31, 33 , 149
Transport Link . .................... 71
Transport Position .. . .............. . 71
Transporting the Machine ............ . 78
Turns
Counter-Rotation ............... 43
Gradual .. . .............. . ..... 43
Pivot .... . ................... . 43
u
Utility Safety .. . .................... 16

llJ
(!)
0
llJ
(f)
I
f-
~
a:
f-

167
 NOTES

-I
JJ
~
-I
I
en
m
0
G)
m

168
 AFTER DELIVERY CHECK

AFTER DELIVERY CHECK

After First 100 Hours of Operation of New Machine
Date of Check ________ Hourmeter Reading _________ hours
MACHINE: Product Identification Number _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

OWNER: Name

Address _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

DEALER: Name _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Address _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

COOLING SYSTEM HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

D Check the radiator and reservoir coolant levels. D Check the oil level.
D Check for leaks .. D Check the pressure setting of the main relief valve.
FUEL SYSTEM D Replace the hydraulic oil filter.
llJ
D Check for leaks. GENERAL (!)
D Drain water and sediment from fuel system. D Look for oil leaks. 0
llJ
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM D Check tire pressure. (f)

D Check the steering/loader controls levers and seat I

D Check battery. f-
bar.loader control lock for correct operation.
D Check operation of starter, alternator, instruments, ~
and warning lamps. D Tighten all hose clamps. a:f-
D Check operation of working lamps (if equipped). D Check drive chain tension.
LUBRICATION
D Check wheel nut torque.
D Lubricate all pivot points. SAFETY

ENGINE
D Inspect the ROPS. Torque mounting bolts.
D Check condition of drive belt. D Check the safety decals and replace if necessary.
D Check engine oil level. D Check safety components, seat belt, lamps, backup
alarm (if equipped), etc.
D Check engine speed at idle and at full throttle.
D Service air cleaner. D Make sure the machine has the Operators Manual in
the manual storage box.

DEALER: Learn whether the owner or operator has any problems with the machine.
Make sure the owner or operator understands all the information in this manual.
Technician (signature) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date _______

Dealer (signature) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date _______

Owner (signature) Date _______

Owner Copy

169
 AFTER DELIVERY CHECK

NOTES

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m
0
G)
m

170
 AFTER DELIVERY CHECK

AFTER DELIVERY CHECK

After First 100 Hours of Operation of New Machine
Date of Check ________ Hourmeter Reading _________ hours
MACHINE: Product Identification Number _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

OWNER: Name

Address _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

DEALER: Name _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Address _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

COOLING SYSTEM HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

D Check the radiator and reservoir coolant levels. D Check the oil level.
D Check for leaks .. D Check the pressure setting of the main relief valve.
FUEL SYSTEM D Replace the hydraulic oil filter.
llJ
D Check for leaks. GENERAL (!)
D Drain water and sediment from fuel system. D Look for oil leaks. 0
llJ
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM D Check tire pressure. (f)

D Check the steering/loader controls levers and seat I

D Check battery. f-
bar.loader control lock for correct operation.
D Check operation of starter, alternator, instruments, ~
and warning lamps. D Tighten all hose clamps. a:f-
D Check operation of working lamps (if equipped). D Check drive chain tension.
LUBRICATION
D Check wheel nut torque.
D Lubricate all pivot points. SAFETY

ENGINE
D Inspect the ROPS. Torque mounting bolts.
D Check condition of drive belt. D Check the safety decals and replace if necessary.
D Check engine oil level. D Check safety components, seat belt, lamps, backup
alarm (if equipped), etc.
D Check engine speed at idle and at full throttle.
D Service air cleaner. D Make sure the machine has the Operators Manual in
the manual storage box.

DEALER: Learn whether the owner or operator has any problems with the machine.
Make sure the owner or operator understands all the information in this manual.
Technician (signature) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date _______

Dealer (signature) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ Date _______

Owner (signature) Date _______

Dealer Copy

171
 AFTER DELIVERY CHECK

NOTES

---i
JJ
~
---i
I
en
m
0
G)
m

172
 CASE TECHNICAL MANUALS
Manuals are available from your Dealer for the operation, service, and repair
of your machine. For prompt convenient service, contact your Dealer for
assistance in obtaining the manuals for your machine.
Your Dealer can expedite your order for operators manuals, parts catalogs,
service manuals and maintenance records.
Always give the Machine Name, Model and P.I.N. (Product Identification
Number) or S.N. (Serial Number) for your machine so your Dealer can
provide the correct manuals for your machine.

CALIFORNIA
Proposition 65 Warning
Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents are known to the
State of California to cause cancer, birth defects, and other reproductive
harm.

NOTE: Case Corporation reserves the right to make improvements in design or

changes in specifications at any time without incurring any obligation to install them
on units previously sold.
 CASE CORPORATION CASE CANADA CORPORATION
700 STATE STREET 3350 SOUTH SERVICE ROAD
Printed in U.S.A. RACINE, WI 53404 U.S.A. BURLINGTON, ON L?N 3M6 CANADA